Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Globus Medical

Globus Medical

gmed · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker gmed
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Globus Medical
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

(Mark One)

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_________________________
FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______________ to _______________

Commission File No. 001-35621

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

04-3744954
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2560 General Armistead Avenue, Audubon, PA
(Address of principal executive offices)

19403
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including Area Code:
(610) 930-1800

  Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:

Yes   

No   

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 
Act:

Yes   

No   

Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:

Yes   

No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, 
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of 
this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and 
post such files):

Yes   

No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, 
or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (check one):

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 
(Do not check if a smaller 
reporting company)

Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act):

 Yes 

  No 

The  aggregate market value  of the  voting and  non-voting  common equity held by non-affiliates of  the registrant, 
computed by reference to the closing sales price for the registrant’s common stock on the last business day of the 
registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, June 30, 2013, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, was 
approximately $0.9 billion.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (par value $0.001 per share) as of February 28, 
2014 was 93,711,759 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  our  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2014 Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  to  be  filed  within  120  days  of 
December 31, 2013, are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 herein of this Annual Report.  
Such Proxy Statement, except for the parts therein which have been specifically incorporated by reference, shall not 
be deemed “filed” for the purposes of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Business

Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Properties
Legal Proceedings

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

Selected Financial Data

Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial

Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Item 12.

Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15

PART IV
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

SIGNATURES

3

Page

4
26
55
55
55
58

59
61

63
79
81

115
115
116

117
117

117
117
117

118

121

Table of Contents

PART I
CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
(the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”).  All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements.  We have tried 
to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “believe,” “may,” “might,” “could,” “will,” 
“aim,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “plan” and similar words.  These forward-
looking statements are based on our current assumptions, expectations and estimates of future events and 
trends.  Forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to many risks, uncertainties and 
other factors that may affect our businesses and operations and could cause actual results to differ materially 
from those predicted.  These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, factors affecting our 
quarterly results, our ability to manage our growth, our ability to sustain our profitability, demand for our 
products, our ability to compete successfully (including without limitation our ability to convince surgeons 
to use our products and our ability to attract and retain sales and other personnel), our ability to rapidly 
develop and introduce new products, our ability to develop and execute on successful business strategies, 
our ability to comply with changes and applicable laws and regulations that are applicable to our businesses, 
our ability to safeguard our intellectual property, our success in defending legal proceedings brought against 
us, trends in the medical device industry, and general economic conditions, and other risks set forth throughout 
this  Annual  Report,  including  under  “Item  1,  Business,”  “Item  1A,  Risk  Factors,”  and  “Item  7, 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and those 
discussed in other documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  Moreover, 
we operate in an evolving environment.  New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it 
is not possible for us to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors 
on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ 
materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-
looking statements.  Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report speak only as of the date 
of this Annual Report.  We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of 
new information, events or circumstances or other factors arising or coming to our attention after the date 
hereof.

Item 1. Business

Overview

Globus  Medical,  Inc.  (“Globus,”  “we,”  “us”  or  “our”)  is  a  medical  device  company  focused 
exclusively on the design, development and commercialization of musculoskeletal implants.  We are currently 
focused on implants that promote healing in patients with spine disorders.  We are an engineering-driven 
company with a history of rapidly developing and commercializing advanced products and procedures that 
assist surgeons in effectively treating their patients, respond to evolving surgeon needs and address new 
treatment options.  Since our inception in 2003, we have launched over 120 products and offer a comprehensive 
portfolio of innovative and differentiated products addressing a broad array of spinal pathologies, anatomies 
and surgical approaches.  We were formed in 2003 and have grown our sales to $434.5 million in 2013.  We 
have  been  able  to  achieve  our  success  while  maintaining  strong  profit  margins.    For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2013, we had net income of $68.6 million, net income as a percent of sales of 15.8% and  
Adjusted EBITDA of $150.5 million, representing an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 34.7%.

4

Table of Contents

Our products address a broad range of spinal  disorders, including traditional open surgery, minimally 
invasive  procedures,  and  newer  treatments  by  new  interventional  physician  specialties  earlier  in  the 
continuum of care.  All of our products fall into one of two categories: Innovative Fusion or Disruptive 
Technologies.  Our Innovative Fusion products address a broad range of spinal fusion surgical procedures.  
We offer a full line of products to treat a wide variety of spinal disorders for the entire spine, through a variety 
of surgical approaches.  The goals of our treatment solutions are for safe, efficient, least disruptive, and 
reproducible outcomes for both the surgeon and patient.

Spinal fusion is a surgical procedure to correct problems with the individual vertebrae, the interlocking 
bones making up the spine, by preventing movement of the affected bones.  We believe our Innovative Fusion 
products demonstrate features and characteristics that provide advantages for surgeons and contribute to 
better outcomes for patients as compared to competing traditional fusion products.  These advantages have 
enabled us to grow our sales at a faster rate than the broader spine industry.  We define Disruptive Technologies 
as those that represent a significant shift in the treatment of spinal disorders by allowing for novel surgical 
procedures, improvements to existing surgical procedures and the treatment of spinal disorders earlier in the 
continuum of care.  We expect the increased use of Disruptive Technologies to improve patient outcomes 
and reduce costs given the expected lower morbidity rates, shorter patient recovery times and shorter hospital 
stays associated with these procedures.  Our current portfolio of approved and pipeline products includes a 
variety  of  Disruptive  Technology  products,  which  we  believe  offer  material  improvements  to  fusion 
procedures, such as minimally invasive surgical (“MIS”) techniques, as well as new treatment alternatives, 
including  motion  preservation  technologies,  such  as  dynamic  stabilization,  total  disc  replacement  and 
interspinous process spacer products and advanced biomaterials technologies, as well as interventional pain 
management solutions, including treatments for vertebral compression fractures (“VCFs”).  

We expect the market for the treatment of spinal disorders to continue to shift towards newer Disruptive 
Technologies,  to  grow  faster  than  the  traditional  fusion  market  and  to  expand  the  overall  addressable 
population of patients seeking surgical treatment for spinal disorders.  We believe we are well positioned to 
capitalize on this higher-growth segment of the spine market given our multiple existing commercialized 
products and several products in various stages of development.  In addition, we believe we are well positioned 
to increase sales of our Innovative Fusion products at a rate faster than the broader spine industry because 
of the advantages our products offer compared to traditional fusion products.  For the year ended December 31, 
2013, our sales were $254.0 million from Innovative Fusion products and $180.5 million from Disruptive 
Technology products, representing year-over-year growth rates of 6.4% and 22.5%, respectively. 

Our  product  development  engine  is  the  name  we  give  to  our  particular  approach  to  product 
development, which we believe is unique and highly efficient.  It employs an integrated team approach to 
product development that involves collaboration among surgeons, our engineers, our dedicated researchers, 
our highly-skilled machinists, and our clinical and regulatory personnel.  We believe that utilizing these 
integrated teams, as well as our extensive in-house facilities, enables us to design, test, and obtain regulatory 
approvals of our products at a faster rate than our competitors.  We emphasize the importance of developing 
new products that are improvements to existing technologies and offerings, including our own, which we 
believe results in superior offerings that drive the demand for our products. 

Our product development engine allows us to develop products that we believe provide advantages 
for surgeons and contribute to better outcomes for patients.  We also believe the use of our products reduces 
costs as a result of lower morbidity rates, shorter patient recovery times and shorter hospital stays.

We market and sell our products through our exclusive global sales force.  As of December 31, 2013, 
we had a direct or distributor sales presence in the United States and in 28 countries outside the United States.  
We expect to continue to increase the number of our direct and distributor sales representatives, both in the 
5

Table of Contents

United States and internationally, to expand into new geographic territories and to deepen our penetration 
in existing territories.  We believe the planned expansion of our U.S. and international sales forces provides 
us with significant opportunities for future growth as we continue to penetrate existing geographic markets 
and enter new ones.

Industry Overview

Overview of Spine Anatomy

The spine consists of interlocking bones, called vertebrae, stacked on top of one another.  Vertebrae 
are separated from each other by intervertebral discs, which act as shock absorbers, and are connected to 
each other by facet joints, which provide flexibility.  Supportive soft tissues including ligaments, tendons 
and muscles are attached to two laminae, which provide stability to the vertebral segment.  The spinal cord 
runs through the center of the spine, or spinal canal, carrying nerves that exit through openings between the 
vertebrae, referred to as foramen, and deliver sensation and control to the entire body.

The spine is comprised of five regions, of which there are three primary regions: the cervical, thoracic 
and lumbar regions.  The cervical region consists of the first seven vertebrae (C1-C7) extending from the 
base of the skull to the shoulders and facilitates movement of the head and neck.  The thoracic region consists 
of the 12 vertebrae in the middle of the back (T1-T12) and each vertebra is connected to two ribs that protect 
the body’s vital organs.  The lumbar region consists of five vertebrae in the lower back (L1-L5) and is the 
primary load-bearing region of the spine.  The final two regions of the spine, the sacrum (S1-S5) and coccyx, 
consist of naturally fused vertebrae connected to the hip bones to provide support and protect organs in the 
pelvic area.  With regard to anatomical terms of surgical location, anterior refers to access from the front, 
posterior refers to access from the back and lateral refers to access from the side.

Overview of Spine Disorders

Spine disorders are a leading driver of healthcare costs worldwide.  Spine disorders range in severity 
from mild pain and loss of feeling to extreme pain and paralysis.  These disorders are primarily caused by 
degenerative disc disease (“DDD”), stenosis, deformity, osteoporosis, tumors and trauma.

DDD describes the most common type of spine disorder, which primarily results from repetitive 
stresses  experienced  during  the  normal  aging  process.    Disc  degeneration  occurs  as  the  inner  cores  of 
intervertebral discs lose elasticity and shrink.  Over time, these changes can cause the discs to lose their 
normal  height  and  shock-absorbing  characteristics,  which  leads  to  back  pain  and  reduced  flexibility.  
Herniated discs are a common form of degenerative disc disease and occur when the intervertebral disc 
material protrudes from the annulus.  Symptomatic cervical disc disease is a gradual deterioration of the 
spongy discs in the neck leading to problems related to nerve function that can cause pain and limit movement.

Spinal stenosis is a condition attributed to the narrowing of the space around the nerves in the lumbar 
spine.   The  resulting  compression  can  lead  to  back  and  leg  pain.   This  condition  is  often  caused  by  the 
degenerative process in the spine and facet joints.  Lumbar stenosis is a condition whereby either the spinal 
canal or vertebral foramen becomes narrowed in the lower back.  If the narrowing is substantial, it causes 
compression of the nerves and the painful symptoms of lumbar spinal stenosis.

Spine deformity is a term used to describe any variation in the natural curvature of the spine.  Natural 
curves  help  the  upper  body  maintain  proper  balance  and  alignment  over  the  pelvis.    Common  forms  of 
deformity include scoliosis, which is a lateral or side-to-side curvature of the spine, extreme lordosis, which 

6

Table of Contents

is an abnormal convex curvature of the lumbar spine, and extreme kyphosis, which is an abnormal concave 
curvature leading to a rounded back.

VCFs are fractures of the vertebrae that result in the collapse of the vertebral body.  These fractures, 
which can be very painful to the patient, are often the result of osteoporosis, which causes the vertebrae to 
weaken and become brittle, or spine tumors, but can also result from trauma.

Spine tumors are relatively rare.  Benign tumors are typically removed surgically while malignant 
tumors are more difficult to treat and often originate in other areas of the body such as the lungs, thyroid or 
kidneys.

Treatments for Spine Disorders

Treatment alternatives for spine disorders range from non-operative conservative therapies to surgical 
interventions.  Conservative therapies include bed rest, medication and physical therapy.  When conservative 
therapies fail to provide adequate quality of life improvements, surgical interventions may be used to address 
pain.  Surgical treatments for spine disorders can be instrumented, which include the use of implants, or non-
instrumented, which forego the use of any such implants.  The most common surgical interventions include 
non-instrumented treatments such as discectomy, which is the removal of all or part of a damaged disc, and 
laminectomy, which is the removal of all or part of a lamina.  Non-instrumented treatments have typically 
been used to treat patients earlier in the continuum of care than instrumented treatments.  The most common 
instrumented treatment is spinal fusion, where two or more adjacent vertebrae are fused together with implants 
to restore disc height and provide stability.  As Disruptive Technologies continue to gain acceptance, we 
expect that they will allow surgeons to use instrumented treatments earlier in the continuum of care as a 
preferred alternative to non-instrumented surgical intervention or conservative therapies.

Fusions are typically performed on the cervical or lumbar regions of the spine, and implants may 

include devices such as plates, pedicle screw and rod systems and interbody spacers.

Newer Disruptive Technologies are designed to provide better patient outcomes in certain situations 
through the use of MIS techniques, by allowing the patient to retain some motion in the affected area, or by 
using biomaterials or interventional pain management solutions, such as treatments for VCFs, to speed healing 
time or improve patient outcomes.  These technologies may enable treatment with implants earlier in the 
continuum of care by addressing the shortcomings of traditional surgical interventions, which often include 
soft  tissue  disruption,  long  operating  times,  extended  hospital  stays  and  lengthy  patient  recovery  times.  
Additionally, Disruptive Technologies may help a patient avoid progression of spinal disc disease sometimes 
caused by traditional surgical options such as spinal fusion.  As a result, we expect the market for Disruptive 
Technologies  to  grow  faster  than  the  market  for  traditional  fusion  and  expand  the  addressable  patient 
population for spine surgery.

Growth Drivers

We believe the spine market will continue to experience growth as a result of the following market 

influences:

•  Favorable patient demographics.  The number of people over the age of 65 is large and growing.  
Improvements  in  healthcare  have  led  to  increasing  life  expectancies  worldwide  and  the 
opportunity to lead more active lifestyles at advanced ages.  These trends are expected to generate 
increased demand for spine surgeries.

7

Table of Contents

• 

Improving technologies leading to increased use of fusion procedures.  Due to the longevity of 
its practice and acceptable clinical outcomes, fusion has become a standard treatment option for 
patients presenting more advanced stages of spine disease.  We expect that the development of 
improved fusion products will continue to contribute to spinal fusion as a leading treatment for 
advanced stages of spine disease.

•  Disruptive Technologies driving earlier interventions and creating an expanded patient base.  
Newer technology products and procedures are gaining increasing acceptance among patients 
and surgeons because they allow for novel surgical procedures, improvements to existing surgical 
procedures, the treatment of spine disorders by new physician specialties, and surgical intervention 
earlier in the continuum of care, all of which can result in better outcomes for patients.  We believe 
surgeons and patients who would otherwise choose more conservative nonsurgical treatment plans 
with sub-optimal results may elect a surgical option utilizing Disruptive Technologies to treat 
spine disorders.  As a result, Disruptive Technologies are expected to drive accelerated growth 
and increase the size of the addressable patient population for spine surgery.

•  Continued market penetration internationally.  While the United States comprises approximately 
5% of the worldwide population, we believe that approximately half of all spine surgeries occur 
in  the  United  States.    We  believe  that  improvements  to  the  standard  of  care,  including  the 
introduction of new products and the expansion of international sales forces, will increase demand 
for spine products outside of the United States.

Our Competitive Strengths

We are focused exclusively on the spine market, and our senior leadership team has over 200 years 
of collective experience in the spine and medical device industries.  We believe that this focus and experience, 
combined with the following principal competitive strengths, will allow us to grow our sales faster than our 
competitors and the overall spine industry:

•  Comprehensive and broad portfolio of Innovative Fusion products.  We have a comprehensive 
portfolio  of  Innovative  Fusion  products  that  addresses  a  broad  array  of  spinal  pathologies, 
anatomies  and  surgical  approaches.   We  believe  our  Innovative  Fusion  products  demonstrate 
features and characteristics that provide advantages for surgeons and contribute to better outcomes 
for patients as compared to traditional fusion products.  Our differentiated product portfolio allows 
us to offer a wide variety of treatment options and effectively market our entire product portfolio 
to surgeons who may initially be familiar with only a subset of our products.  In addition, because 
surgeons and hospitals typically prefer to deal with a limited number of vendors with broad product 
offerings, we believe that our portfolio of products enables us to compete effectively.

•  Well-positioned  Disruptive  Technology  products.    We  expect  the  market  for  Disruptive 
Technologies to grow faster than the traditional fusion market.  We currently have a comprehensive 
and broad portfolio of MIS, motion preservation and advanced biomaterials products, with two 
additional products addressing motion preservation in clinical trials and other pipeline products 
in various stages of development.  We believe our current portfolio and pipeline of Disruptive 
Technology products provide improved patient outcomes, reduce overall costs and position us to 
capitalize on the growth in this market.

• 

Integrated product development engine.  We believe that we have a unique and highly efficient 
approach to product development that significantly reduces the time required to advance a potential 
product  from  concept  to  commercialization.    We  have  historically  utilized  our  product 

8

Table of Contents

development engine to bring substantially all of our products to market and have not relied upon 
acquisitions  to  grow  our  business.    Our  integrated  teams  of  surgeons,  engineers,  dedicated 
researchers, highly-skilled machinists, and regulatory personnel work together to conceptualize, 
evaluate, and develop potential new products through an iterative process that allows for rapid 
product development.  In addition, our U.S. and international regulatory teams have a proven 
ability to work effectively with regulatory agencies worldwide to obtain approvals to market our 
products.  The combination of our research, development, clinical, and regulatory expertise allows 
us to react quickly to evolving surgeon and patient needs, address new treatment options, and 
introduce several new products annually.

•  Exclusive U.S. sales force with broad geographic scope.  We have made, and intend to continue 
to make, significant investments in our exclusive U.S. sales force.  Our direct and distributor sales 
representatives are highly trained in the clinical benefits of our products and frequently consult 
with surgeons and surgical staff inside the operating room regarding the use of our products.  We 
believe the size, expertise and exclusive nature of our U.S. sales force enable us to maximize our 
market penetration and continue to expand our geographic presence.

•  Demonstrated track record of profitability with established scale.  We have made investments in 
our infrastructure that have allowed us to accelerate development and commercialization of our 
products, and maintain strong profit margins typically associated with our larger competitors.  We 
have launched over 120 products and experienced significant growth in sales since our founding 
in 2003, while remaining focused on generating operating cash flow and net income.  We were 
formed in 2003 and have grown our sales to $434.5 million in 2013.  Our disciplined approach 
has contributed to Adjusted EBITDA of $150.5 million and net income of $68.6 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2013.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the leader in providing innovative solutions across the continuum of care in 

the spine market.  To achieve this goal, we are employing the following business strategies:

•  Leverage our product development engine.  We plan to continue to develop both Innovative Fusion 
products and Disruptive Technology products using what we believe to be a unique and highly 
efficient product development engine.  We believe our team-oriented approach, active surgeon 
input and demonstrated product development and commercialization capabilities position us to 
maintain a rapid rate of new product launches.  As of the date of this Annual Report, we had over 
30 potential new products in various stages of development and we expect to launch approximately 
five to ten new products in each of the next three years.

• 

Increase the size, scope and productivity of our exclusive U.S. sales force.  We believe there is 
significant  opportunity  to  further  penetrate  existing  markets  and  to  enter  new  markets  by 
increasing the size and geographic scope of our exclusive U.S. sales force.  We expect to continue 
to increase the number of our direct and distributor sales representatives in the United States to 
expand into new geographic territories and to deepen our penetration in existing territories.  In 
addition to focusing our recruitment efforts on individuals with previous spine industry experience 
and  demonstrated  sales  success,  we  will  continue  to  provide  our  sales  representatives  with 
specialized development programs designed to improve their productivity.

•  Continue  to  expand  into  international  markets. 

  We  have  historically  focused  our 
commercialization efforts primarily on the U.S. market.  However, we began selling our products 

9

Table of Contents

in international markets in 2005 and sales generated from outside the United States of $37.8 
million (8.7% of total sales) for the year ended December 31, 2013, a 24.5% increase from 2012.  
We expect to continue to increase our international presence through the commercialization of 
additional products and through the expansion of our direct and distributor sales force.  As of 
December 31, 2013, we had an existing direct or distributor sales presence in 28 countries outside 
the United States.

•  Pursue strategic acquisitions and alliances.  We intend to selectively pursue acquisitions and 
alliances in the future that will provide us with new or complementary technologies, personnel 
with significant relevant experience, or increased market penetration.  We are currently evaluating 
a number of possible acquisitions or strategic relationships and believe that our resources and 
experience make us an attractive acquirer or partner.

Products

We currently offer over 120 products for the treatment of spine disorders.  We summarize below a 

selection of these products.

Innovative Fusion

Our  products  address  the  entire  spine  with  Innovative  Fusion  products  for  use  in  cervical, 
thoracolumbar, sacral, and interbody/corpectomy fusion procedures to treat degenerative, deformity, tumor, 
and  trauma  conditions.    We  believe  that  our  Innovative  Fusion  products  demonstrate  features  and 
characteristics that enable us to provide advantages over traditional fusion products that help improve surgical 
techniques and may contribute to better outcomes for patients.  For example, in 2013, we launched a new 
pedicle screw platform, CREO®.  This new system is optionally modular and offers low profile constructs 
along with a variety of options to meet surgical and patient needs.  CREO® includes our convenient non-
threaded locking cap design that eases building of thoracolumbar fixation constructs to readily adapt to the 
patient’s anatomy and condition, for a range of clinical applications.  Certain other of our products, such as 
our XPAND®, FORTIFY® and FORTIFY®-I (launched in 2013) corpectomy devices that incorporate smooth 
expansion capability, have a range of size options for optimal fit, and are manufactured from titanium or 
radiolucent polyetheretherketone (“PEEK”); the latter allows for postoperative radiographic visualization.  
Certain of our other products, such as our COALITION® and INDEPENDENCE® stand-alone interbody 
fusion devices, simplify the surgical technique by reducing steps and hardware while providing confident 
stabilization.   The  depth  of  our  Innovative  Fusion  portfolio  encompasses  treatment  modalities  from  the 
occiput to the sacrum, with novel designs and features that provide key improvements to the standards of 
care.  We also build on proven technologies to continuously upgrade our offerings, including multiple cervical 
plating systems, both top-loading and posted screw systems, and a range of interbody implant and approach 
options.

Disruptive Technologies

We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this higher-growth segment of the spine market 
given our multiple existing commercialized products and several products in various stages of development.  
We have a comprehensive and broad product portfolio and pipeline of Disruptive Technologies, including 
MIS,  motion  preservation,  and  advanced  biomaterials  technologies,  as  well  as  interventional  pain 
management solutions.  Our MIS products enable a surgeon to perform a procedure less invasively to minimize 
tissue disruption and maximize native anatomy, which may lead to better patient recovery and fewer approach-
related complications.  For example, our MARS™ 3V retractor system facilitates smaller incisions with the 
use  of  positionable  radiolucent  retractor  blades  to  access  the  surgical  site  and  to  allow  both  direct  and 

10

Table of Contents

radiographic visualization.  Our CALIBER®, RISE® and recently launched LATIS® expandable interbody 
spacers are designed for reliable, minimally disruptive delivery through small MIS incisions with streamlined 
implants and instruments.  Our REVOLVE® pedicle screw system is designed for MIS screw and rod insertion 
through  small  incisions,  and  utilizes  a  convenient  non-threaded  locking  cap  design.    Other  Disruptive 
Technology products, such as TRANSITION®, provide for stabilization that is less rigid than traditional 
pedicle screw systems for more natural load distribution to help promote fusion while maintaining stability.  
Similarly, our motion preservation products, such as SECURE®-C and SECURE®-CR, are next-generation 
cervical arthroplasty devices that allow segmental motion, are semi-constrained to enhance stability, and 
provide  alternatives  to  fusion  in  the  treatment  of  degenerative  conditions.    Our  advanced  biomaterials 
products,  including  bioactive  glass-based  KINEX®,  MICROFUSE®  resorbable  bone  void  filler  and 
CONDUCT®  ceramic-collagen,  are  well  suited  for  posterolateral  spinal  fusion  procedures  in  which  our 
innovative stabilization systems are also used.  Our SHIELD® and AFFIRM® products allow for the treatment 
of painful VCFs earlier in the continuum of care.

Clinical Development Programs

In addition to the products we currently market, we continue to develop and test new spine products.  
As we focus our attention on developing more Disruptive Technologies, we are required to conduct clinical 
trials in order to obtain U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) approval or clearance to market some 
of those products.  We received our first FDA pre-market approval (“PMA”) for our SECURE®-C Cervical 
Artificial Disc in September 2012 and are currently conducting other clinical trials under FDA-approved 
investigational device exemptions (“IDEs”), including ACADIA® and TRIUMPH®.  The ACADIA® Facet 
Replacement  System  is  a  motion  preserving  anatomic  reconstruction  of  the  facet  joint  intended  for  the 
treatment of spinal stenosis, and was acquired in 2011 from Facet Solutions.  A prospective randomized 
pivotal study of ACADIA® is currently underway in the United States to enroll and treat up to 750 qualified 
patients  randomly  selected  for  the  treatment  or  control  posterolateral  fusion  arm  in  a  2:1  ratio.    The 
TRIUMPH® Lumbar Disc is a motion preserving disc replacement inserted obliquely into the disc space 
from  a  posterolateral  approach  to  address  posterior  spinal  pathology  and  maintain  important  anterior 
anatomical structures.  A 20-patient IDE pilot study for treatment of patients suffering from back and leg 
pain has been enrolled and we plan to submit study data to FDA to request approval for a larger randomized 
pivotal  study  comparing  TRIUMPH®  to  traditional  fusion  in  the  control  arm.    Both  ACADIA®  and 
TRIUMPH® are CE marked and available for sale in certain jurisdictions outside the United States.

Product Development and Research

The markets in which we operate are subject to rapid technological advancements.  We must constantly 
improve our existing products and introduce new products in order to continue to succeed.  Accordingly, we 
have made significant investments in our product development and research capabilities.  For the years ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we spent $26.9 million, $27.9 million and $23.5 million, respectively, 
on research and development.

Our senior management team founded Globus with a goal of leveraging their experience in the spine 
industry to develop a distinctive product development process that could significantly reduce the length of 
time between a product’s concept stage and commercialization.  We have created what we believe to be a 
unique  and  highly  efficient  product  development  engine  that  employs  an  integrated  team  approach  that 
involves collaboration between surgeons, our engineers, our dedicated researchers and our highly-skilled 
machinists, as well as our regulatory personnel.  This product development team formulates a design for the 
product and then builds and tests prototypes in our in-house prototype development and testing facility.  As 
part of the development process, spine surgeons test the implantation of the product in our cadaveric laboratory 
to ensure it meets the needs of both surgeon and patient.  Our team quickly refines or redesigns the prototype 
11

Table of Contents

as necessary based on the results of the product testing, allowing us to perform rapid iterations of the design-
prototype-test development cycle.  We believe that our product development engine allows us to provide 
solutions that effectively respond to the needs of spine surgeons and their patients.

Our regulatory department works in parallel with our product development teams, allowing us to 
anticipate and resolve issues at early stages in the development cycle.  Our regulatory personnel are committed 
to timely and responsive communication with regulatory agencies.  Though regulatory requirements are 
constantly changing and continued success cannot be assured, we have demonstrated an ability to gain rapid 
regulatory approvals of our products.  We have demonstrated success in rapid product development, as we 
have successfully introduced over 120 products since we were founded in 2003 and intend to continue to 
launch five to ten new products in each of the next three years.

Our product development efforts are supported by our in-house research capabilities.  We believe 
that centralizing and consolidating the critical elements of the product development and commercialization 
process in one facility allows us to bring products from the concept stage to the market rapidly in order to 
respond to surgeon and patient needs.  We have the following resources at our corporate headquarters:

•  A mechanical testing laboratory that provides a modern, fully-equipped facility for product testing.  
This capability is critical to our rapid product development process that relies on multiple iterations 
of the design-build-test cycle.

•  Our clinical research group gathers and performs postmarket clinical research and collects data 

that supports our product development and sales efforts.

•  A spinal kinematics laboratory contains our proprietary six degrees of freedom machine that we 
developed to biomechanically test cadaveric specimens.  The six degrees of freedom machine 
enables us to simulate accurately and replicate the movement of the human spine.  This enables 
spine surgeons and engineers to study the kinematics and kinetics of the human spine and the 
effects of various treatments and surgical techniques using our products.

•  A tribology laboratory with machines that study the wear behavior of various bearing surfaces.  
This research is critical to the development of the next generation of motion preserving products 
using newer bearing surfaces.

•  A cadaveric laboratory simulates the operating room environment for product testing and training.  
This allows our product development team, including surgeons, to ensure our products meet all 
of their specifications and enables surgeons to develop a high level of comfort and aptitude in 
using the products.

•  A  materials  characterization  laboratory  including  a  scanning  electron  microscope,  energy 
dispersive spectroscopy and differentiated scanning calorimetry that allows us to view images of 
a device’s surface to determine certain of its properties, such as topography and composition.  
This laboratory enables us to model and analyze failures of certain device mechanisms, such as 
a material’s stress points, in order to improve our products.

•  A  computational  laboratory  built  around  a  high-powered  computer  that  conducts  detailed 
mathematical  modeling  of  discrete  elements  of  a  device  in  order  to  determine  that  device’s 
behavior under various loading conditions.  We use this mathematical modeling as a supplement 
to other testing methods in the design process.

12

Table of Contents

Spine Community Involvement and Education

One of the defining elements of our business is the extent of our involvement in the spine surgeon 
community.  Spine surgeons participate in various aspects of our strategy, research, product development 
and education through formal programs such as our Medical Board of Directors and our Strategic Advisory 
Board.  We also have extensive informal contact with spine surgeons.  For example, surgeons are invited to 
our corporate headquarters to interface with our executive team, review our product portfolio, participate in 
bioskills labs, observe surgical procedures and interact with our product development teams.  Members of 
all product development groups and other executives routinely conduct field visits with our spine surgeon 
constituency.  Feedback from these interactions helps us understand practitioners’ needs and positions us to 
see key trends ahead of the competition.

We are committed to the advancement of spine care through our support of numerous educational 

and research programs geared towards spine surgeons, such as:

•  national and regional educational courses;

• 

• 

• 

• 

intensive hands-on cadaveric training on new products and new techniques;

research collaboration and support;

educational support; and

fellowship support.

We devote significant resources to training and educating surgeons in the safe and effective use of 
our products and techniques.  To that end, we have made significant investments in the creation, staffing and 
program offerings of our Musculoskeletal Education and Research Center (“MERC”).  Through MERC, we 
offer educational and training programs both internally in our modern bioskills laboratory and 100 person 
lecture facility and externally through regionally-based didactic education and cadaveric bioskills training 
programs.  

We are highly focused on training through programs such as our Skin-to-Skin® Series programs that 
feature intensive two day MIS training programs on thoracolumbar interbody fusion procedures and our 
lateral lumbar interbody fusion labs.  To complement these intensive cadaveric bioskills training programs, 
we also conduct a large number of product-based programs providing surgeons with informative didactic 
sessions coupled with hands-on-lab segments to allow surgeons to learn and experience new instrumentation 
and techniques.  For more complex procedures and techniques, surgeon preceptorships are offered which 
provide surgeons with one-on-one intraoperative training followed in some instances by focused bioskills 
labs.

We have a strong commitment to research performed in conjunction with surgeons from around the 
world.    Many  surgeons,  particularly  in  non-academic  settings,  lack  the  resources  to  pursue  academic 
investigation of areas of interest, and we actively support these research opportunities as well as opportunities 
in collaboration with leading academic institutions.  Supported by a large, focused research team, these efforts 
range from basic biomechanical testing conducted internally with our six degrees of freedom machine to 
support major clinical outcomes studies.  We are committed to providing the spine surgeon community with 
high quality research to support the new surgical techniques and novel product designs that we develop.

In  addition  to  the  programs  offered  by  MERC,  we  actively  participate  in  trade  and  industry 
organizations,  including  the  North American  Spine  Society,  the American Association  of  Neurological 
13

Table of Contents

Surgeons, Scoliosis Research Society and the International Society for the Advancement of Spine Surgery.  
We annually provide support to such professional organizations in the form of restricted educational grants 
and support of specific product workshop programs.  Additionally, promising young spine surgeons routinely 
seek educational fellowships as an important part of building strong clinical skills.  We annually support 
these fellowships through academic institutions throughout the United States.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products through our exclusive global sales force.  As of December 31, 2013, 
we had a direct or distributor sales presence in the United States and in 28 countries outside the United States.  
We expect to continue to increase the number of our direct and distributor sales representatives, both in the 
U.S. and internationally, to expand into new geographic territories and to deepen our penetration in existing 
territories.  We believe the expansion of our U.S. and international sales forces provides us with significant 
opportunities for future growth as we continue to penetrate existing geographic markets and enter new ones.

We have developed an intensive training program that all members of our direct and independent 
sales force are required to attend.  We expect that they will continue to develop a depth of knowledge and 
understanding of our products that will allow them to more effectively and efficiently generate sales.

Our sales representatives are present in the operating room during most surgeries in the United States 
and in many, but not all, of the other countries in which our products are sold.  Our representatives have the 
responsibility to confirm that all of the items needed in the surgery are sterilized and available to the surgeon 
and surgical staff.  Various sizes and quantities of implants are made available to be able to satisfy varying 
surgical requirements and patient anatomy, along with numerous surgical instruments and cases needed to 
safely perform the surgery and implantation.  As our products are used in surgeries, we ship replacement 
items to our sales representatives and hospitals to replenish their supply.

All of our independent distributors are compensated solely on commission.  Most of our new direct 
sales representatives start with a compensation arrangement that is largely based on salary.  Our goal is to 
have members of our direct sales force move toward a compensation model based solely on commission as 
they become familiar with our products and drive higher sales.

Suppliers and Inventory

Our products are generally manufactured through a network of over 100 international and domestic 
third-party suppliers.  Our suppliers utilize state-of-the-art, high precision, computer-aided manufacturing 
equipment to manufacture our products.  We have focused on developing a strong supplier base as part of 
our manufacturing strategy.  Our relationship with our suppliers enables significant interaction between our 
design engineers and project managers and the suppliers' engineers and schedulers to work through issues 
arising during the entire product development cycle.  Many of our suppliers, including our largest suppliers, 
are located within a 100-mile radius of the Philadelphia area, which affords our engineers and other members 
of our product development team the opportunity to work closely with them to commercialize our products.

We select our suppliers carefully.  Our internal quality assurance group evaluates the potential vendor 
through a formal vendor approval process before we enter into a relationship with it.  Suppliers that meet 
our internal quality assurance standards are added to our approved supplier list.  All of our suppliers that 
provide  us  with  implants  or  human  tissue  are  ISO-13485  certified,  meaning  they  meet  the  International 
Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) requirements for the manufacture of medical devices, and/or are 
accredited by the American Association of Tissue Banks.  Our quality assurance group conducts periodic 
audits to ensure continued compliance with our standards.  With every shipment of inventory that we receive, 

14

Table of Contents

our suppliers provide a certificate of compliance with our quality control standards.  Our receiving group 
also performs inspections, packaging and labeling onsite at our headquarters facility.

We generally use a small number of suppliers for each of our key products for added reliability.  A 
small percentage of our products, chiefly some of our advanced biomaterials, are manufactured in-house at 
our headquarters.  We also use our facilities for inspection, packaging and labeling a large percentage of our 
inventory.  A majority of our product inventory is held primarily with our sales representatives and at hospitals 
throughout the United States.  We believe our supplier relationships and facilities will support our potential 
capacity needs for the foreseeable future.

We work closely with our suppliers to ensure that our inventory needs are met while maintaining 
high quality and reliability.  To date, we have not experienced significant difficulty in locating and obtaining 
the materials necessary to fulfill our production requirements, and we have not experienced a meaningful 
backlog of sales orders.

We  stock  inventory  in  our  warehouse  facilities  and  retain  title  to  consigned  inventory  which  is 
maintained with our field representatives and hospitals in sufficient quantities so that products are available 
when needed for surgical procedures.  Safety stock levels are determined based on a number of factors, 
including demand, manufacturing lead times and quantities required to maintain service levels.

Intellectual Property

We proactively protect our innovations by filing numerous U.S. and foreign patent applications and 
our growing intellectual property portfolio reflects significant investment.  Complementing our internally-
developed intellectual property holdings, we have also acquired intellectual property via the strategic purchase 
of patents in areas in which we have wished to commercialize products.  We employ in-house intellectual 
property lawyers who oversee the maintenance of our intellectual property assets.  As of December 31, 2013,  
we owned 188 issued U.S. patents (174 utility patents; 14 design patents) and had applications pending for 
322 U.S. patents (316 utility patent applications; six design patent applications), and we owned 70 issued 
foreign patents and had applications pending for 131 foreign patents.  One of our issued patents expires in 
March 2015 and the rest of our issued patents expire between November 2019 and March 2032.  

Our trademark portfolio contains 109 registered trademarks and 45 pending trademarks.  Our portfolio 

includes domestic and foreign trademarks with associated logos and tag lines.  

We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation, and may in the 
future rely upon licensing opportunities, to develop and maintain our competitive position.  We protect our 
proprietary  rights  through  a  variety  of  methods,  including  confidentiality  agreements  and  proprietary 
information agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others who may have access to proprietary 
information.

Although we believe our patents are valuable, we also believe that our knowledge and experience 
and our trade secret information with respect to development and manufacturing processes, materials and 
product design have been equally important in maintaining our proprietary product lines.  As a condition of 
employment, we generally require employees to execute a confidentiality agreement relating to proprietary 
information and assigning patents and other intellectual property to us.

Competition

We believe that our significant competitors are Medtronic, the DePuy Synthes Companies (a division 
of  Johnson  &  Johnson),  Stryker  and  NuVasive.   Alphatec  Spine,  Orthofix  International,  Zimmer,  LDR 
15

Table of Contents

Holding, Biomet, K2M and other smaller public and private companies are also competitors of ours.  At any 
time, these or other market participants may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the 
treatment of spine disorders that compete directly or indirectly with our products.  They may also develop 
and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing 
products more rapidly than we can.

We  compete  in  the  marketplace  to  recruit  and  retain  qualified  scientific,  management  and  sales 
personnel, as well as in acquiring technologies and technology licenses complementary to our products or 
advantageous to our business.

Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we commercialize will be, subject to 
intense competition.  Many of our current and potential competitors are major medical device companies 
that have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do, and they may succeed 
in developing products that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.  In addition, many of 
these competitors have significantly longer operating history and more established reputations than we do.  
The spine market is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction 
of new products or other market activities of industry participants.  Our ability to compete successfully will 
depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive 
adequate  coverage  and  reimbursement,  and  are  safer,  less  invasive  and  more  effective  than  alternatives 
available for similar purposes.  Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate that companies will 
dedicate significant resources to developing competing products.

Government Regulation 

Our business is subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign regulations.  Some of the pertinent 
laws have not been definitively interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions 
are open to a variety of subjective interpretations.  In addition, these laws and their interpretations are subject 
to change.

Both federal and state governmental agencies continue to subject the healthcare industry to intense 
regulatory scrutiny, including heightened civil and criminal enforcement efforts.  We believe that we have 
structured our business operations and relationships with our customers to comply with all applicable legal 
requirements.  However, it is possible that governmental entities or other third parties could interpret these 
laws differently and assert otherwise.  We discuss below the statutes and regulations that are most relevant 
to our business.

U.S. Food and Drug Administration Regulation

Our products are medical devices and tissues subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other 
federal, state, local and foreign regulatory bodies.  FDA regulations govern, among other things, the following 
activities that we or our partners perform and will continue to perform:

•  product design and development;

•  product testing;

•  product manufacturing;

•  product safety;

•  post-market adverse event reporting;

16

Table of Contents

•  post-market surveillance;

•  product labeling;

•  product storage;

• 

record keeping;

•  pre-market clearance or approval;

•  pre-market clinical trials;

•  post-market approval studies;

• 

advertising and promotion; and

•  product sales and distribution.

FDA’s Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United 
States will require either prior 510(k) clearance or prior approval of a PMA application from the FDA.  The 
FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes.  Devices deemed to pose lower risk are placed in 
either Class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a pre-market notification requesting 
permission for commercial distribution.  This process is known as 510(k) clearance.  Some low risk devices 
are  exempt  from  this  requirement.    Devices  deemed  by  the  FDA  to  pose  the  greatest  risk,  such  as  life-
sustaining,  life-supporting  or  implantable  devices,  or  devices  deemed  not  substantially  equivalent  to  a 
previously cleared 510(k) device are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA application.  Both pre-
market clearance and PMA applications are subject to the payment of user fees, paid at the time of submission 
for FDA review.  The FDA can also impose restrictions on the sale, distribution or use of devices at the time 
of their clearance or approval, or subsequent to marketing.

510(k) Clearance Pathway

To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that the proposed 
device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial 
distribution before May 28, 1976, for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of PMA applications.  
The FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway usually takes from three to 12 months from the date the application is 
completed, but it can take significantly longer and clearance is never assured.  Although many 510(k) pre-
market notifications are cleared without clinical data, in some cases, the FDA requires significant clinical 
data  to  support  substantial  equivalence.    In  reviewing  a  pre-market  notification,  the  FDA  may  request 
additional information, including clinical data, which may significantly prolong the review process.  After 
a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, 
or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or could 
require a PMA application.  The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but 
the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination.  If the FDA 
disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination regarding whether a new pre-market submission is required 
for the modification of an existing device, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or 
recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application is obtained.  If the FDA 
requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application for any modifications to a previously 
cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this 

17

Table of Contents

clearance or approval.  Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or 
penalties for failure to submit the requisite PMA application.  We have made and plan to continue to make 
minor additional product enhancements that we believe do not require new 510(k) clearances.  In addition, 
the  FDA  is  currently  evaluating  the  510(k)  process  and  may  make  substantial  changes  to  industry 
requirements, including which devices are eligible for 510(k) clearance, the ability to rescind previously 
granted 510(k)s and additional requirements that may significantly impact the process.

Pre-market Approval Pathway

A PMA application must be submitted if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process and 
requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction.  Accordingly, a PMA 
application must be supported by extensive data including, but not limited to, technical information regarding 
device design and development, preclinical and clinical trials, data and manufacturing and labeling to support 
the FDA’s determination that the device is safe and effective for its intended use.  After a PMA application 
is complete, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information, which generally takes between 
one and three years, but may take significantly longer.  During this review period, the FDA may request 
additional information or clarification of information already provided.  Also during the review period, an 
advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and 
provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device.  In addition, the FDA will conduct 
a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with Quality System Regulations 
(“QSRs”) which impose elaborate design development, testing, control, documentation and other quality 
assurance procedures in the design and manufacturing process.  The FDA may approve a PMA application 
with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device including, among 
other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution and collection of long-term follow-up 
data from patients in the clinical study that supported approval.  Failure to comply with the conditions of 
approval can result in materially adverse enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval.  
New PMA applications or PMA application supplements are required for significant modifications to the 
manufacturing process, labeling and design of a device that is approved through the PMA process.  PMA 
supplements often require submission of the same type of information as a PMA application, except that the 
supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original 
PMA application, and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

Clinical Trials

A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application and may be required for a  
510(k) pre-market notification.  These trials generally require submission of an application for an IDE to the 
FDA.  The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing 
results, showing that it is safe to evaluate the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically 
sound.  The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of subjects, 
unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements.  
Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and 
the responsible institutional review boards.  There can be no assurance that submission of an IDE will result 
in the ability to commence clinical trials.  Additionally, after a trial begins, the FDA may place it on hold or 
terminate it if, among other reasons, it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to an unacceptable 
health risk.  During a study, we are required to comply with the FDA’s IDE requirements for investigator 
selection, trial monitoring, reporting, record keeping and prohibitions on the promotion of investigational 
devices or making safety or efficacy claims for them.  We are also responsible for the appropriate labeling 
and distribution of investigational devices.  The investigators must also obtain patient informed consent, 
rigorously  follow  the  investigational  plan  and  study  protocol,  control  the  disposition  of  investigational 
devices, and comply with all reporting and record keeping requirements.  The FDA’s grant of permission to 
18

Table of Contents

proceed with clinical testing does not constitute a binding commitment that the FDA will consider the study 
design adequate to support clearance or approval.  In addition, there can be no assurance that the data generated 
during a clinical study will meet chosen safety and effectiveness endpoints or otherwise produce results that 
will lead the FDA to grant marketing clearance or approval.  ACADIA® and TRIUMPH® are currently in 
human clinical trials under IDEs.  We expect to initiate additional clinical trials under IDEs for devices that 
are expected to be subject to the PMA process.  Our clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with 
FDA regulations and other federal regulations and state laws concerning human subject protection and privacy.  
The results of our clinical trials may not be sufficient to obtain clearance or approval of our product.

Human Cell, Tissue and Cellular and Tissue Based Products

We currently distribute MAINTAIN® machined allograft, XEMPLIFI® demineralized bone matrix 
and FORGE™ cervical allograft spacer, all of which are manufactured by third-party suppliers.  Tissue-only 
products are regulated by the FDA as Human Cell, Tissue and Cellular and Tissue Based Products.  FDA 
regulations do not currently require 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application before marketing 
these products.  Tissue banks must register their establishments, list products with the FDA and comply with 
Current Good Tissue Practices (“CGTPs”) for Human Cell, Tissue and Cellular and Tissue Based Product 
Establishments.

The FDA periodically inspects tissue processors to determine compliance with these requirements.  
Violations of applicable regulations noted by the FDA during facility inspections could adversely affect the 
continued marketing of our products.  We believe we comply with all aspects of the CGTPs, although there 
can be no assurance that we will comply, or will comply on a timely basis, in the future.  Entities that provide 
us with allograft bone tissue are responsible for performing donor recovery, donor screening and donor testing 
and our compliance with those aspects of the CGTPs regulations that regulate those functions are dependent 
upon the actions of these independent entities.

The procurement and transplantation of allograft bone tissue is subject to U.S. federal law pursuant 
to the National Organ Transplant Act (“NOTA”), a criminal statute which prohibits the purchase and sale of 
human organs used in human transplantation, including bone and related tissue, for “valuable consideration.”  
NOTA permits reasonable payments associated with the removal, transportation, processing, preservation, 
quality  control,  implantation  and  storage  of  human  bone  tissue.    With  the  exception  of  removal  and 
implantation, we provide services in all of these areas.  We make payments to vendors in consideration for 
the services they provide in connection with the recovery and screening of donors.  Failure to comply with 
the requirements of NOTA could result in enforcement action against us.

The procurement of human tissue is also subject to state anatomical gift acts and some states have 
statutes similar to NOTA.  In addition, some states require that tissue processors be licensed by that state.  
Failure to comply with state laws could also result in enforcement action against us.

Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation

After a device is placed on the market, regardless of its classification or pre-market pathway, numerous 

regulatory requirements apply.  These include, but are not limited to:

• 

establishing registration and device listings with the FDA;

•  quality  system  regulation,  which  requires  manufacturers  to  follow  stringent  design,  testing, 

process control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures;

19

Table of Contents

• 

labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved, i.e. 
“off-label,” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling;

•  medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their 
device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that 
would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur;

• 

corrections and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the 
FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health 
posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act 
(“FDCA”) that may present a risk to health; and

• 

requirements to conduct post-market surveillance studies to establish continued safety data.

The FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance.  Failure to comply with 
applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of 
the following sanctions:

•  untitled letters or warning letters;

• 

• 

fines, injunctions and civil penalties;

recall or seizure of our products;

•  operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

• 

refusing our request for 510(k) clearance or PMA of new products;

•  withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMAs that are already granted; and

• 

criminal prosecution.

We are subject to unannounced device inspections by the FDA, the Office of Compliance, the Center 
for Devices and Radiological Health, and the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, as well as other 
regulatory  agencies  overseeing  the  implementation  and  adherence  of  applicable  state  and  federal  tissue 
licensing regulations.  These inspections may include our suppliers’ facilities.

International

International sales  of  medical devices  are  subject  to  foreign  government  regulations,  which  vary 
substantially from country to country.  In order to market our products in other countries, we must obtain 
regulatory approvals and comply with extensive safety and quality regulations in other countries.  The time 
required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance 
or approval, and the requirements may differ.  The European Union/European Economic Area (“EU/EEA”) 
requires CE conformity mark in order to market medical devices.  Many other countries, such as Australia, 
India, New Zealand, Pakistan and Sri Lanka, accept CE or FDA clearance or approval although others, such 
as Brazil, Canada and Japan require separate regulatory filings.

In the EEA, our devices are required to comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical 
Device Directive (Council Directive 93/42/EEC).  Compliance with these requirements entitles us to affix 
the CE conformity mark to our medical devices, without which they cannot be commercialized in the EEA.  

20

Table of Contents

To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE conformity 
mark we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical 
device and its classification.  As part of the conformity assessment process, medical device manufacturers 
must carry out a clinical evaluation of their medical devices to verify that they comply with the relevant 
essential requirements of the Medical Device Directive covering safety and performance.  This verification 
will generally comprise an assessment of whether a medical device’s performance is in accordance with its 
intended use, that the known and foreseeable risks linked to the use of the device under normal conditions 
are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any 
claims are supported by suitable evidence.  This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be 
obtained  from  (i)  clinical  studies  conducted  on  the  devices  being  assessed;  (ii)  scientific  literature  from 
similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be demonstrated; or (iii) both clinical studies 
and scientific literature.  Except for low risk medical devices (Class I), where the manufacturer can issue an 
EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential 
requirements of the Medical Device Directive, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention 
of a Notified Body, which is an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity 
assessments.  The Notified Body would typically audit and examine the quality system for the manufacture, 
design and final inspection of our devices before issuing a certification demonstrating compliance with the 
essential requirements.  Based on this certification we can draw up an EC Declaration of Conformity which 
allows us to affix the CE mark to our products.  With respect to implantable devices or devices classified as 
Class III in the EU, the manufacturer must conduct clinical studies to obtain the required clinical data, unless 
relying on existing clinical data from similar devices can be justified.  As part of the conformity assessment 
process,  depending  on  the  type  of  devices,  the  Notified  Body  will  review  the  manufacturer’s  clinical 
evaluation process, assess the clinical evaluation data of a representative sample of the devices’ subcategory 
or  generic  group  (for  Class  IIa  and  IIb  devices),  or  assess  all  the  clinical  evaluation  data,  verify  the 
manufacturer’s  assessment  of  that  data,  and  assess  the  validity  of  the  clinical  evaluation  report  and  the 
conclusions drawn by the manufacturer (for implantable and Class III devices).  The conduct of clinical 
studies to obtain clinical data that might be required as part of the described clinical evaluation process can 
be expensive and time-consuming.

We have now successfully passed several Notified Body audits since our original certification in 
February 2006, granting us ISO registration and allowing the CE conformity marking to be applied to certain 
of our devices under the EU Medical Device Directive.

Additionally in the EEA, the procurement, testing, processing, preservation, storage and distribution 
of  human  tissues  and  cells  is  subject  to  the  requirements  of  the  laws  of  individual  EEA  Member  States 
implementing Directive 2004/23/EC, Directive 2006/17/EC and Directive 2006/86/EC.

Further, the advertising and promotion of our products in the EEA is subject to the laws of individual 
EEA Member States implementing the EU Medical Device Directive, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning 
misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well 
as other EEA Member State laws governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices.  These laws 
may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose 
limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.

We are subject to unannounced device inspections by the Notified Body, as well as other regulatory 
agencies overseeing the implementation and adherence of applicable regulations.  These inspections may 
include our suppliers’ facilities.

Sales and Marketing Commercial Compliance 

21

Table of Contents

Federal anti-kickback laws and regulations prohibit, among other things, persons from knowingly 
and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for, 
or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or 
service paid for under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs.  Possible 
sanctions  for  violation  of  these  anti-kickback  laws  include  monetary  fines,  civil  and  criminal  penalties, 
exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid programs and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such 
prohibitions.

In addition, federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting, or causing to 
be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making, or causing to be 
made, a false statement to get a false claim paid.  Off-label promotion has been pursued as a violation of the 
federal false claims laws.  Pursuant to FDA regulations, we can only market our products for cleared or 
approved uses.  Although surgeons are permitted to use medical devices for indications other than those 
cleared or approved by the FDA based on their medical judgment, we are prohibited from promoting products 
for such off-label uses.  Additionally, the majority of states in which we market our products have similar 
anti-kickback, false claims, anti-fee splitting and self-referral laws, which may apply to items or services 
reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, and violations may result in substantial 
civil and criminal penalties.

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) has increased 
its  scrutiny  of  interactions  between  healthcare  companies  and  healthcare  providers  which  has  led  to  an 
unprecedented level of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry.  
Dealing with investigations can be time- and resource-consuming.  Additionally, if a healthcare company 
settles an investigation with the DOJ or other law enforcement agencies, the company may be required to 
agree to additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity 
agreement.

The  United  States  and  foreign  government  regulators  have  increased  regulation,  enforcement, 
inspections and governmental investigations of the medical device industry, including the United Kingdom’s 
Bribery Act and increased U.S. government oversight and enforcement of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices 
Act (“FCPA”).  Whenever a governmental authority concludes that we are not in compliance with applicable 
laws  or  regulations,  that  authority  can  impose  fines,  delay  or  suspend  regulatory  clearances,  institute 
proceedings  to  detain  or  seize  our  products,  issue  a  recall,  impose  operating  restrictions,  enjoin  future 
violations and assess civil penalties against us or our officers or employees and can recommend criminal 
prosecution.  Moreover, governmental authorities can ban or request the recall, repair, replacement or refund 
of the cost of devices we distribute.

Additionally,  the  commercial  compliance  environment  is  continually  evolving  in  the  healthcare 
industry  as  some  states,  including  California,  Massachusetts  and  Vermont,  mandate  implementation  of 
corporate  compliance  programs,  along  with  the  tracking  and  reporting  of  gifts,  compensation  and  other 
remuneration to physicians.  The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care 
and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively “PPACA”) also imposes new reporting and 
disclosure requirements on device manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers 
and other healthcare providers, effective August 1, 2013.  Our first such report covers the period August 1, 
2013 through December 31, 2013 and is due to be filed on March 31, 2014.  Information included in this 
report  will  be  made  publicly  available  in  a  searchable  format  beginning  September  30,  2014.    Device 
manufacturers will also be required to report and disclose any investment interests, with certain exceptions 
(for example, disclosure of holdings in publicly traded securities or mutual funds is not required), held by 
physicians  and  their  family  members  during  the  preceding  calendar  year.    Failure  to  submit  required 
information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an 
22

Table of Contents

aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership 
or investment interests not reported in an annual submission.  The shifting compliance environment and the 
need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply in multiple jurisdictions with different 
compliance and/or reporting requirements increases the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul 
of one or more of the requirements.

Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement 

We expect that, in the future, sales volumes and prices of our products may grow to be more dependent 
on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, such as government programs 
including Medicare and Medicaid, private insurance plans and managed care programs.  Reimbursement is 
dynamic and is contingent on coding for given services or procedures, coverage by third-party payors, and 
adequate payment for the services or procedures.

Physicians use Current Procedural Terminology (“CPT”) codes to bill for services and procedures, 
which are established by the American Medical Association (“AMA”).  Specialty societies such as the North 
American Spine Society, the American Association of Neurological Surgeons, and the American Academy 
of Orthopaedic Surgeons provide advice to the AMA CPT Editorial Panel for developing codes.  The Centers 
for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”), the agency responsible for administering Medicare, and the 
National Center for Health Statistics, are jointly responsible for overseeing changes and modifications to 
International Classification of Diseases and Clinical Modification procedure codes used by hospitals for 
reporting inpatient procedures.  Physician  and hospital coding is subject to  change, which could impact 
coverage and reimbursement and thus potentially impact physician practice behavior.

Independent of coding status, third-party payors may deny coverage based on their own criteria.  
Payor medical policies continue to become more restrictive.  Payors may deem the clinical efficacy of a 
device or procedure to be experimental or investigational, not the most cost-effective treatment available, or 
used for an unapproved indication.  For example, Aetna recently changed its medical policy from coverage 
to coverage for only limited indications for biomechanical devices (e.g., spine cages) for cervical fusion 
procedures citing they have not been proven more effective that bone graft for cervical fusions.  Additionally, 
many private payors use coverage decisions and payment amounts established by CMS for the Medicare 
program  as  guidelines  in  setting  their  coverage  and  reimbursement  policies.   As  the  portion  of  the  U.S. 
population over the age of 65 and eligible for Medicare continues to grow, we may be more vulnerable to 
coverage and reimbursement limitations imposed by CMS.  National and regional coverage policy decisions 
are subject to unforeseeable change and have the potential to impact physician behavior.  We will continue 
to provide the appropriate resources to patients, physicians, hospitals, and insurers in order to promote the 
best patient care, provide clarity regarding coverage and reimbursement policies, and work to reverse any 
non-coverage policies. 

For some government programs, such as Medicaid, coverage and reimbursement differ from state to 
state.  Some state Medicaid programs may not reimburse an adequate amount for the procedures performed 
with our products, if any payment is made at all.  In addition, payment by Medicare and other third-party 
payors may not be adequate to cover the cost of medical devices used in spine procedures.  Additionally, the 
percentage of individuals covered by managed care programs is expected to grow in the United States over 
the next decade.  Many managed care programs reimburse providers on a capitated basis, which puts the 
providers at financial risk for the services provided to their patients by paying them a predetermined amount 
per member per month.  

In  international  markets,  reimbursement  and  healthcare  payment  systems  vary  significantly  by 
country and some countries have instituted price ceilings on specific product lines.  There can be no assurance 

23

Table of Contents

that our products will be accepted by third-party payors, that coverage and reimbursement will be available 
or, if available, that the third-party payors’ coverage and reimbursement policies will not adversely affect 
our ability to sell our products profitably.

We  believe  that  the  overall  escalating  cost  of  medical  products  and  services  has  led  to,  and  will 
continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare industry to reduce the costs of products and services.  
There can be no assurance that third-party coverage and reimbursement will be available or adequate, or that 
future legislation, regulation, or coverage and reimbursement policies of third-party payors will not adversely 
affect the demand for our products or our ability to sell these products on a profitable basis.  The unavailability 
or inadequacy of third-party payor coverage or reimbursement could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, operating results, and financial condition.

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse 

Healthcare fraud and abuse laws apply to our business when a customer submits a claim for an item 
or service that is reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid or most other federally-funded healthcare programs.  
The federal Anti-Kickback Law prohibits unlawful inducements for the referral of business reimbursable 
under federally-funded healthcare programs, such as remuneration provided to physicians to induce them to 
use certain tissue products or medical devices reimbursable by Medicare or Medicaid.  The Anti-Kickback 
Law is subject to evolving interpretations.  For example, the government has enforced the Anti-Kickback 
Law  to  reach  large  settlements  with  healthcare  companies  based  on  sham  consultant  arrangements  with 
physicians.  The majority of states also have anti-kickback laws which establish similar prohibitions that 
may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.  Further, 
the PPACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal 
healthcare fraud statutes.  A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or 
specific intent to violate it.  In addition, the PPACA provides that the government may assert that a claim 
including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false 
or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes.

If a governmental authority were to conclude that we are not in compliance with applicable laws and 
regulations, we, our officers and employees could be subject to severe criminal and civil penalties including, 
for example, exclusion from participation as a supplier of product to beneficiaries covered by Medicare or 
Medicaid.

Additionally, the civil False Claims Act prohibits knowingly presenting or causing the presentation 
of a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim for payment to the U.S. government.  Actions under the False Claims 
Act may be brought by the Attorney General or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of 
the government.  Violations of the False Claims Act can result in very significant monetary penalties and 
treble damages.  The federal government is using the False Claims Act, and the accompanying threat of 
significant liability, in its investigations of healthcare providers and suppliers throughout the country for a 
wide variety of Medicare billing practices, and has obtained multi-million and multi-billion dollar settlements 
in addition to individual criminal convictions.  Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, 
it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare 
providers’ and suppliers’ compliance with the healthcare reimbursement rules and fraud and abuse laws.

Environmental Matters

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our allograft implants and products, and the 
handling of materials used in the product testing process, including in our cadaveric laboratory, involve the 
controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and wastes.  Our business and facilities 

24

Table of Contents

and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the 
protection of human health and the environment, including those governing the use, manufacture, storage, 
handling and disposal of, and exposure to, such materials and wastes.  In addition, under some environmental 
laws and regulations, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our past or 
present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites even if such contamination was not caused by us.

We are not, however, currently aware of any material costs or liabilities relating to environmental 
matters, including any claims or actions under environmental laws or obligations to perform any cleanups 
at any of our facilities or any third-party waste disposal sites, that we expect to have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition or operating results.  However, it is possible that material environmental 
costs or liabilities may arise in the future.

Seasonality and Backlog 

Our business is generally not seasonal in nature.  However, our sales may be influenced by summer 
vacation and winter holiday periods during which we have experienced fewer spine surgeries taking place.  
Our sales generally consist of products that are in stock in our warehouse facilities or maintained at hospitals 
or with our sales representatives.  Accordingly, we do not have a backlog of sales orders. 

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 850 employees, including sales and marketing, 
product development, general administrative and accounting, both domestically and internationally.  None 
of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement and we consider our relationship with our 
employees to be good. 

Facilities

Our  headquarters are  located in Audubon,  Pennsylvania,  which  comprise approximately 245,000 
square  feet  of  owned  space.    Our  headquarters  houses  our  research,  product  development,  education, 
administration, warehouse and shipping functions, as well as our in-house manufacturing facility.  Research, 
product development and education activities occupy approximately 50,000 square feet of our headquarters.  
We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs.

Financial Information about Geographic Areas

For  financial information about the geographic  areas in  which  we derive  revenues,  see “Item  8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; Note 17. 
Segment and Geographic Information” below.

Corporate and Available Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in March 2003.  Our principal executive offices are located at 
2560 General Armistead Avenue, Audubon, Pennsylvania 19403, and our telephone number at that location 
is  (610) 930-1800.    Our  corporate  website  address  is  http://www.globusmedical.com.    The  information 
contained in or accessible through our website or contained on other websites is not deemed to be part of 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

We are subject to the filing requirements of the Exchange Act.  Therefore, we file annual reports, 
periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.  Such reports, proxy statements and 
other information may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange 

25

Table of Contents

Commission  at  100  F  Street,  NE, Washington,  D.C.  20549.   You  may  obtain  information  regarding  the 
operation  of  the  Public  Reference  Room  by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.    In  addition,  the  SEC 
maintains  a  website  (www.sec.gov)  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other 
information regarding issuers that file electronically.

We make our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 
8-K and all amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange 
Act  available  free  of  charge  through  a  link  on  the  Investors  section  of  our  website  located  at  http://
www.globusmedical.com (under “SEC Filings”) as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with 
or furnished to the SEC.

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our expectations and that could negatively 
impact our business, results of operations and financial condition are discussed below and elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.  If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, results of operations, 
financial condition and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.  You should 
carefully read and consider each of these risks, together with all of the other information set forth in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.  
Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may 
also materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and future growth 
prospects, and our stock price.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry 

To be commercially successful, we must convince spine surgeons that our  products are an attractive 
alternative to our competitors’ products and that our Disruptive Technologies are an attractive alternative 
to existing surgical treatments of spine disorders.

Spine surgeons play a significant role in determining the course of treatment and, ultimately, the type 
of product that will be used to treat a patient, so we rely on effectively marketing to them.  In order for us to 
sell our products, we must convince spine surgeons that they are attractive alternatives to competing products 
for use in spine procedures.  Acceptance of our products depends on educating spine surgeons as to the 
distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, safety and cost-effectiveness of our products as compared to 
our competitors’ products and on training spine surgeons in the proper application of our products.  If we 
are not successful in convincing spine surgeons of the merit of our products or educating them on the use of 
our products, they may not use our products and we will be unable to increase our sales and sustain growth 
or profitability. 

Furthermore, we believe spine surgeons will not widely adopt our Disruptive Technology products 
unless they determine, based on experience, clinical data and published peer-reviewed journal articles, that 
MIS techniques and our motion preservation and advanced biomaterials technologies provide benefits or are 
an attractive alternative to conventional treatments of spine disorders and incorporate improved technologies 
that permit novel surgical procedures.

Surgeons may be hesitant to change their medical treatment practices for the following reasons, among 

others:

• 
• 

lack of experience with MIS or our motion preservation or advanced biomaterials technologies;
lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits;

26

Table of Contents

•  perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures;
• 
• 
• 

limited or lack of availability of coverage and reimbursement within healthcare payment systems;
costs associated with the purchase of new products and equipment; and
the time commitment that may be required for training.

If we are unable to convince surgeons to use our products, we will not achieve expected sales or 

sustain our growth, and our financial condition and results of operation may be adversely affected.

In addition, we believe recommendations and support of our products by influential spine surgeons 
are essential for market acceptance and adoption.  If we do not receive support from such surgeons or long-
term data does not show the benefits of using our products, surgeons may not use our products.  In such 
circumstances, we may not achieve expected sales or sustain our growth and may be unable to maintain 
profitability.

Pricing pressure from our competitors and our customers may impact our ability to sell our products at 
prices necessary to support our current business strategies. 

The spine industry is characterized by intense competition, and the spine market continues to attract 
numerous new companies and technologies, which has encouraged more established companies to intensify 
competitive pricing pressure.  As a result of this increased competition, as well as the challenges of third-
party coverage and reimbursement practices, we believe there will be continued pricing pressure in the future.  
If competitive forces drive down the prices we are able to charge for our products, our profit margins will 
shrink, which will adversely affect our ability to maintain our profitability and to invest in and grow our 
business.

If  our  hospital  and  other  healthcare  provider  customers  are  unable  to  obtain  adequate  coverage  and 
reimbursement for their purchases of our products, we may not be able to sell our products at prices 
necessary to maintain our profitability or at all. 

Maintaining and growing sales of our products depends on the availability of adequate coverage and 
reimbursement from third party payers, including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, 
private insurance plans and managed care programs.  Hospitals and other healthcare providers that purchase 
our products generally rely on third party payers to cover all or part of the costs associated with the procedures 
performed with these products, including the cost to purchase the product.  Our customers’ access to adequate 
coverage and reimbursement for the procedures performed with our products by government and private 
insurance plans is central to the acceptance of our current and future products.  We may be unable to sell our 
products on a profitable basis, or at all, if third party payers deny coverage or reduce their current levels of 
payment.  If our cost of production increases faster than increases in reimbursement levels for the products, 
our profitability may be negatively impacted.  

Future action by CMS (which administers the Medicare program), other government agencies or 
private payers, may diminish payments to physicians, outpatient surgery centers and/or hospitals, which 
could harm our ability to market and sell our products.  Private payers may adopt coverage decisions and 
payment amounts determined by CMS as guidelines in setting their coverage and reimbursement policies.  
Private payers that do not follow the Medicare guidelines may adopt different coverage and reimbursement 
policies for procedures performed with our products.  In addition, for some governmental programs, such as 
Medicaid, coverage and reimbursement differs from state to state.  Medicaid payments to physicians and 
facilities are often lower than payments by other third party payers and some state Medicaid programs may 
not pay an adequate amount for the procedures performed with our products, if any payment is made at all.  
Furthermore, the healthcare industry in the United States has experienced a trend toward cost containment 

27

Table of Contents

as government and private insurers seek to control rising healthcare costs by imposing lower payment rates 
and negotiating reduced contract rates with service providers.  

Third party payers, including public and private payers, may develop negative coverage policies 
impacting our products.  For example, Aetna recently changed its medical policy from coverage in all or 
most cases to coverage only for limited indications for biomechanical devices (e.g., spine cages) for cervical 
fusion procedures stating that they have not been proven more effective than bone graft for cervical fusions 
which may limit demand for our products.  In addition, some payers have changed their coverage policies 
to be more restrictive as to the criteria under which they will cover and reimburse for vertebral fusions in 
the  lumbar  spine  to  treat  multilevel  DDD,  initial  primary  laminectomy/discectomy  for  nerve  root 
decompression, or spinal stenosis.  Although these coverage policy changes have not had a material impact 
on our business, other insurers may adopt similar coverage decisions in the future.  Patients covered by these 
insurers may be unwilling or unable to afford  lumbar fusion surgeries to treat these conditions, which could 
materially harm or limit our ability to sell our products designed for lumbar fusion procedures.  Our business 
would be negatively impacted if the trend by governmental agencies or third party payers continues to reduce 
coverage of and/or reimbursement for procedures using our products.

We cannot be certain that under current and future payment systems, such as those utilized by Medicare 
and in many private managed care systems, that the cost of our products will be adequately incorporated into 
the overall cost of the procedure.  Therefore, we cannot be certain that the procedures performed with our 
products will be reimbursed at a cost-effective level, or at all.

To the extent we sell our products internationally, market acceptance may depend, in part, upon the 
availability of coverage and reimbursement within prevailing healthcare payment systems.  Reimbursement 
and healthcare payment systems in international markets vary significantly by country, and include both 
government-sponsored healthcare and private insurance.  Our products may not obtain international coverage 
and reimbursement approvals in a timely manner, if at all.  Our failure to receive such approvals would 
negatively impact market acceptance of our products in the international markets in which those approvals 
are sought.

If we are unable to maintain and expand our network of direct sales representatives and independent 
distributors, we may not be able to generate anticipated sales.

Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of not only our 
employees, but also our independent distributors.  We expect our direct sales representatives and independent 
distributors  to  develop  long-lasting  relationships  with  the  surgeons  they  serve.    If  our  direct  sales 
representatives or independent distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales 
could significantly decrease.

We  face  significant  challenges  and  risks  in  managing  our  geographically  dispersed  distribution 
network and retaining the individuals who make up that network.  If any of our direct sales representatives 
were to leave us, or if any of our independent distributors were to cease to do business with us, our sales 
could be adversely affected.  Some of our independent distributors account for a significant portion of our 
sales volume, and if any such independent distributor were to cease to distribute our products, our sales could 
be adversely affected.  In such a situation, we may need to seek alternative independent distributors or increase 
our reliance on our direct sales representatives, which may not prevent our sales from being adversely affected.  
If  a  direct  sales  representative  or  independent  distributor  were  to  depart  and  be  retained  by  one  of  our 
competitors, we may be unable to prevent them from helping competitors solicit business from our existing 
customers,  which  could  further  adversely  affect  our  sales.    Because  of  the  intense  competition  for  their 
services, we may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified independent distributors or to hire additional 

28

Table of Contents

direct sales representatives to work with us.  We may not be able to enter into agreements with them on 
favorable  or  commercially  reasonable  terms,  if  at  all.    Failure  to  hire  or  retain  qualified  direct  sales 
representatives or independent distributors would prevent us from maintaining or expanding our business 
and generating sales.

As we launch new products and increase our marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we 
will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks.  Our future success will depend largely 
on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled direct sales representatives and independent 
distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas, such as spinal care practices, spine injuries 
and disease and spinal health.  New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity.  If we 
fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, we cannot 
be certain that new hires will become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales.

If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we 
may not be able to effectively commercialize our products, which would adversely affect our business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

We operate in a very competitive business environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against 
our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we 
may not grow.

The  spine  industry  is  intensely  competitive,  subject  to  rapid  change  and  highly  sensitive  to  the 
introduction of new products or other market activities of industry participants.  We believe that our significant 
competitors are Medtronic, the DePuy Synthes Companies (a division of Johnson & Johnson), Stryker and 
NuVasive.  Alphatec Spine, Orthofix International, Zimmer, LDR Holding, Biomet, K2M and other smaller 
public and private companies are also competitors of ours.  At any time, these or other industry participants 
may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of spine disorders that compete 
directly or indirectly with our products.  They may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than 
we can or obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can, which 
could impair our ability to develop and commercialize similar processes or products.  If alternative treatments 
are, or are perceived to be, superior to our spine surgery products, sales of our products could be negatively 
affected and our results of operations could suffer.

Many  of  our  current  and  potential  competitors  are  major  medical  device  companies  that  have 
substantially  greater  financial,  technical  and  marketing  resources  than  we  do,  and  they  may  succeed  in 
developing products that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.  

Many of our larger competitors enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:

•  greater financial, human and other resources for product research and development, sales and 

marketing and litigation;
significantly greater name recognition;
established relationships with spine surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers;
large and established sales and marketing and distribution networks;

• 
• 
• 
•  products supported by long-term clinical data;
•  greater experience in obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearances or approvals for products 

and product enhancements;

•  more expansive portfolios of intellectual property rights; and
•  greater  ability  to  cross-sell  their  products  or  to  incentivize  hospitals  or  surgeons  to  use  their 

products.

29

Table of Contents

The  frequent  introduction  by  competitors  of  products  that  compete  with  our  existing  or  planned 
products may also make it difficult to market or sell our products.  In addition, the entry of multiple new 
products  and  competitors,  including  physician-owned  distributorships  (“PODs”),  may  lead  some  of  our 
competitors to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our products and pricing 
in the spine market generally.

As a result, our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary 
products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-
party payors, and are safer, less invasive and more effective than alternatives available for similar purposes.  
If we are unable to do so, our sales or margins could decrease, thereby harming our business.

We are dependent on a limited number of third-party suppliers for most of our products and components, 
and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, 
could harm our business.

We rely on third-party suppliers to supply substantially all of our products.  For us to be successful, 
our suppliers must be able to provide us with products and components in substantial quantities, in compliance 
with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a 
timely basis.  Our anticipated growth could strain the ability of our suppliers to deliver an increasingly large 
supply  of  products,  materials  and  components.    Other  issues,  including  shortages  of  raw  materials  or 
components, problems with production yields and quality control and assurance, especially with products 
such as allograft, which is processed human tissue, could impair a supplier’s ability to supply us with product 
quantities necessary to support our sales.  Furthermore, under our supplier agreements, our suppliers generally 
have no obligation to manufacture for us or sell to us any specific quantity of products.  If we are unable to 
obtain sufficient quantities of high quality components to meet demand on a timely basis, we could lose 
customers, our reputation may be harmed and our business could suffer.

We generally use a small number of suppliers for each of our products.  Our dependence on such a 
limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality 
and delivery schedules.  If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of 
manufactured products in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, or cease to manufacture components 
of acceptable quality, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply.  Because of the nature of our 
internal quality control requirements, regulatory requirements and the custom and proprietary nature of the 
parts, we cannot quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for many of our critical components.  
Failure of any of our third-party suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires would limit 
our ability to meet our sales commitments to our customers and could have a material adverse effect on our 
business.  We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable 
to the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities.  We could incur delays while we locate and engage qualified 
alternative suppliers, and we may be unable to engage alternative suppliers on favorable terms or at all.  Any 
such disruption or increased expenses could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our 
ability to generate sales.

If we do not successfully implement our business strategy, our business and results of operations will be 
adversely affected.

Our business strategy was formed based on assumptions about the spine market that might prove 
wrong.  We believe that various demographics and industry-specific trends, including the aging of the general 
population,  increasingly  active  lifestyles,  improving  fusion  technologies  and  increasing  acceptance  of 
Disruptive Technologies leading to earlier interventions, will help drive growth in the spine market and our 
business, but these demographics and trends are uncertain.  Actual demand for our products could differ 

30

Table of Contents

materially from projected demand if our assumptions regarding these factors prove to be incorrect or do not 
materialize, or if alternative treatments to those offered by our products gain widespread acceptance.

We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.  To implement our business 
strategy we need to, among other things, strengthen our brand, develop and introduce new spine surgery 
products, find new applications for and improve our existing products, obtain regulatory clearance or approval 
for new products and applications and educate spine surgeons about the clinical and cost benefits of our 
products, all of which we believe could increase acceptance of our products by spine surgeons.  Our strategy 
of focusing exclusively on the spine market may limit our ability to grow.  In addition, we are seeking to 
increase our sales and, in order to do so, will need to commercialize additional products and expand our 
direct and distributor sales forces in existing and new territories, all of which could result in our becoming 
subject to additional or different foreign and domestic regulatory requirements, with which we may not be 
able to comply.  Moreover, even if we successfully implement our business strategy, our operating results 
may not improve or may decline.  We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and 
may adopt different strategies due to business or competitive factors not currently foreseen, such as new 
medical technologies that would make our products obsolete.  Any failure to implement our business strategy 
may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The proliferation of PODs could result in increased pricing pressure on our products or harm our ability 
to sell our products to physicians who own or are affiliated with those distributorships.

PODs are medical device distributors that are owned, directly or indirectly, by physicians.  These 
physicians derive a proportion of their revenue from selling or arranging for the sale of medical devices for 
use in procedures they perform on their own patients at hospitals that agree to purchase from or through the 
POD, or that otherwise furnish ordering physicians with income that is based directly or indirectly on those 
orders of medical devices.

We do not sell or distribute any of our products through PODs.  The number of PODs in the spine 
industry may continue to grow as economic pressures increase throughout the industry, as hospitals, insurers 
and physicians search for ways to reduce costs, and, in the case of the physicians, search for ways to increase 
their incomes.  These companies and the physicians who own, or partially own, them have significant market 
knowledge and access to the surgeons who use our products and the hospitals that purchase our products and 
growth in this area may reduce our ability to compete effectively for business from surgeons who own such 
distributorships.

Our business could suffer if we lose the services of key members of our senior management, key advisors 
or personnel.

We are dependent upon the continued services of key members of our senior management and a 
limited number of key advisors and personnel.  In particular, we are highly dependent on the skills and 
leadership of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), David C. Paul.  The loss of any one of these individuals 
could disrupt our operations or our strategic plans.  Additionally, our future success will depend on, among 
other  things,  our  ability  to  continue  to  hire  and  retain  the  necessary  qualified  scientific,  technical  and 
managerial personnel, for whom we compete with numerous other companies, academic institutions and 
organizations.  The loss of members of our management team, key advisors or personnel, or our inability to 
attract or retain other qualified personnel or advisors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.    Though  members  of  our  sales  force  generally  enter  into 
noncompetition agreements that restrict their ability to compete with us, most of the members of our executive 
management team are not subject to such agreements.  Accordingly, the adverse effect resulting from the 
loss of certain executives could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.

31

Table of Contents

The safety and efficacy of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data, which could limit 
sales, and our products might therefore prove to be less safe and effective than initially thought.

All of the products we currently market in the United States, other than our SECURE®-C cervical 
disc, have either received pre-market clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or are exempt from pre-
market  review.    The  FDA's  510(k)  clearance  process  requires  us  to  show  that  our  proposed  product  is 
“substantially equivalent” to another 510(k)-cleared product.  This process is shorter and typically requires 
the submission of less supporting documentation than other FDA approval processes and does not always 
require long-term clinical studies.  We also continue to gather long term follow-up data in our SECURE®-
C clinical trial.  Additionally, to date, we have not been required to complete long-term clinical studies in 
connection with the sale of our products outside the United States.  As a result, we currently lack the breadth 
of published long-term clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of virtually all of our products and 
the benefits they offer that might have been generated in connection with other approval processes.  For these 
reasons, spine surgeons may be slow to adopt our products, we may not have comparative data that our 
competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks.  
Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not 
improve  patient  outcomes.    Such  results  would  slow  the  adoption  of  our  products  by  spine  surgeons, 
significantly  reduce  our  ability  to  achieve  expected  sales,  and  could  prevent  us  from  sustaining  our 
profitability.  

Moreover, if future results and experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious 
complications  or  other  unforeseen  negative  effects,  we  could  be  subject  to  mandatory  product  recalls, 
suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval, significant legal liability or harm to our business 
reputation.  

If we do not enhance our product offerings through our research and development efforts, we may be 
unable to effectively compete.

In order to increase our market share in the spine market, we must enhance and broaden our product 
offerings in response to changing customer demands and competitive pressures and technologies.  The success 
of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on numerous factors, including 
our ability to:

•  properly identify and anticipate surgeon and patient needs;
•  develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;
• 

adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property 
rights of third parties;

•  demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new products; and
•  obtain  the  necessary  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  for  new  products  or  product 

enhancements.

If  we  do  not  develop  and  obtain  regulatory  clearance  or  approval  for  new  products  or  product 
enhancements  in  time  to  meet  market  demand,  or  if  there  is  insufficient  demand  for  these  products  or 
enhancements, our results of operations will suffer.  Our research and development efforts may require a 
substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial 
viability of a new product, technology, material or other innovation.  In addition, even if we are able to 
successfully  develop  enhancements  or  new  generations  of  our  products,  these  enhancements  or  new 
generations of products may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development and they may be quickly 
rendered  obsolete  by  changing  customer  preferences  or  the  introduction  by  our  competitors  of  products 
embodying new technologies or features.

32

Table of Contents

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our management and 
on our operational and financial resources and systems.  Failure to manage our growth effectively could 
cause  us  to  over-invest  or  under-invest  in  infrastructure,  and  result  in  losses  or  weaknesses  in  our 
infrastructure, which could materially adversely affect us.  Additionally, our anticipated growth will increase 
the demands placed on our suppliers, resulting in an increased need for us to carefully monitor for quality 
assurance.  Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability 
to achieve our development and commercialization goals.

Our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our planned international expansion 
effectively.

Expansion into international markets is an element of our business strategy and involves risk.  The 
sale and shipment of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and 
products from international sources, subject us to extensive U.S. and foreign governmental trade, import and 
export and customs regulations and laws.  Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes 
us to penalties for non-compliance.  Other laws and regulations that can significantly affect us include various 
anti-bribery laws, including the FCPA and anti-boycott laws.  Any failure to comply with applicable legal 
and regulatory obligations in the United States or abroad could adversely affect us in a variety of ways that 
include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment 
of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain 
business activities.  Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result 
in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.

In addition, many of the countries in which we sell our products are, to some degree, subject to 
political,  economic  or  social  instability.    Our  international  operations  expose  us  and  our  independent 
distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions, including:

exposure to different legal and regulatory standards;
lack of stringent protection of intellectual property;

• 
• 
•  obstacles to obtaining domestic and foreign export, import and other governmental approvals, 

permits and licenses and compliance with foreign laws;

adverse changes in tariffs and trade restrictions;
limitations on the repatriation of earnings;

•  potentially adverse tax consequences and the complexities of foreign value-added tax systems;
• 
• 
•  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
• 
• 
• 
•  political, social and economic instability and increased security concerns.

transportation delays and difficulties of managing international distribution channels;
longer collection periods and difficulties in collecting receivables from foreign entities;
increased financing costs; and

These  risks  may  limit  or  disrupt  our  expansion,  restrict  the  movement  of  funds  or  result  in  the 
deprivation of contractual rights or the taking of property by nationalization or expropriation without fair 
compensation.

Our goal of succeeding as an international company depends, in part, on our ability to develop and 
implement policies and strategies that are effective in anticipating and managing these and other risks in the 
countries in which we do business.  Failure to manage these and other risks may have a material adverse 
effect on our operations in any particular country and on our business as a whole.

33

Table of Contents

We  may  seek  to  grow  our  business  through  acquisitions  of  or  investments  in  new  or  complementary 
businesses, products or technologies, and the failure to manage acquisitions or investments, or the failure 
to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on us.

From  time  to  time  we  expect  to  consider  opportunities  to  acquire  or  make  investments  in  other 
technologies, products and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products 
or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base.  Potential and completed acquisitions and strategic 
investments involve numerous risks, including:

issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

•  problems assimilating the purchased technologies, products or business operations;
• 
•  unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;
•  diversion of management’s attention from our core business;
• 
• 
•  potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and
• 

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;
risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions we deem suitable, whether we will be able 
to successfully complete any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, or whether we will be able to 
successfully  integrate  any  acquired  business,  product  or  technology  into  our  business  or  retain  any  key 
personnel, suppliers or distributors.  Our ability to successfully grow through acquisitions depends upon our 
ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable target businesses and to obtain any necessary 
financing.  These efforts could be expensive and time-consuming, and may disrupt our ongoing business and 
prevent management from focusing on our operations.  If we are unable to integrate any acquired businesses, 
products  or  technologies  effectively,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  will  be 
materially adversely affected.

We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our 
resources and reduce our cash flows.

As a result of the need to maintain substantial levels of inventory, we are subject to the risk of inventory 
obsolescence.  Many of our products come in sets, which feature components in a variety of sizes to satisfy 
the particular patient’s anatomical needs.  In order to market our products effectively, we often must maintain 
implant sets consisting of the full range of product sizes.  For each surgery, fewer than all of the components 
of the set are used, and therefore certain portions of the set, like uncommon sizes, may become obsolete 
before they can be used.  In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes obsolete, it could 
have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the 
inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory.

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, results of 
operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems.  We rely on 

our information technology systems to effectively manage:

sales and marketing, accounting and financial functions;
inventory management;
engineering and product development tasks; and

• 
• 
• 
•  our research and development data.

34

Table of Contents

Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters;
terrorist attacks and attacks by computer viruses or hackers;

• 
• 
•  power losses; and
• 

computer systems, or Internet, telecommunications or data network failures.

The  failure  of  our  information  technology  systems  to  perform  as  we  anticipate  or  our  failure  to 
effectively implement new systems could disrupt our entire operation and could result in decreased sales, 
increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages, all of which could have a material adverse 
effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion 
of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results 
of operations or financial condition.

Because  healthcare  costs  have  risen  significantly  over  the  past  decade,  numerous  initiatives  and 
reforms  initiated  by  legislators,  regulators  and  third-party  payors  to  curb  these  costs  have  resulted  in  a 
consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to aggregate purchasing power.  As the healthcare industry 
consolidates,  competition  to  provide  products  and  services  to  industry  participants  has  become  and  will 
continue to become more intense.  This in turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing 
pressures  and  the  exclusion  of  certain  suppliers  from  important  market  segments  as  group  purchasing 
organizations, independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power 
to consolidate purchasing decisions for hospitals.  We expect that market demand, government regulation, 
third-party coverage and reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide 
healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which 
may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely 
impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Fluctuations  in  insurance  cost  and  availability  could  adversely  affect  our  profitability  or  our  risk 
management profile.

We hold a number of insurance policies, including product liability insurance, directors’ and officers’ 
liability insurance, property insurance and workers’ compensation insurance.  If the costs of maintaining 
adequate insurance coverage increase significantly in the future, our operating results could be materially 
adversely affected.  Likewise, if any of our current insurance coverage should become unavailable to us or 
become economically impractical, we would be required to operate our business without indemnity from 
commercial insurance providers.  If we operate our business without insurance, we could be responsible for 
paying claims or judgments against us that would have otherwise been covered by insurance, which could 
adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

Our medical device products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the 
United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business 
to suffer. 

The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the 
FDA  and  corresponding  state  and  foreign  regulatory  agencies.    The  FDA  and  other  U.S.  and  foreign 
governmental agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices:

35

Table of Contents

•  design, development and manufacturing;
testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;
• 
clinical trials;
• 
•  product safety;
•  marketing, sales and distribution;
•  pre-market clearance and approval;
• 
• 
• 
•  post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, 

record keeping procedures;
advertising and promotion;
recalls and field safety corrective actions;

if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury;

•  post-market approval studies; and
•  product import and export.

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over 
time, see “Item 1. Business; Government Regulation” for a summary of certain regulations to which we 
are subject.  Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, 
higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.

The processes by which FDA approval is obtained can be expensive and lengthy and require the 
payment of significant fees.  The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but 
may last longer.  The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance 
process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is submitted 
to the FDA until an approval is obtained.  The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals through 
the 510(k) process or approvals through the PMA process to market a medical device in the United States 
or internationally can be costly and time-consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances or 
approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

In the United States, all of our currently commercialized products, other than SECURE-C® have 
either received  pre-market clearance under  Section 510(k)  of  the  FDCA  or  are exempt  from  pre-market 
review.  If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or 
modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could 
be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline and potentially harm our ability to compete.  
In addition, if the FDA disagrees with our determination that a product we currently market is subject to an 
exemption from pre-market review, the FDA may require us to submit a 510(k) or PMA in order to continue 
marketing the product.  Further, even with respect to those future products where a PMA is not required, we 
cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the 510(k) clearances with respect to those products.  The 
FDA may also reclassify devices currently on the market from Class II to Class III, which could result in 
additional regulatory burden requiring PMA prior to marketing, or could result in FDA rescinding a 510(k) 
for a previously cleared device.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

•  we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our products are safe and effective 

for their intended uses;
the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance 
or approval, where required; and
the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

• 

• 

36

Table of Contents

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or 
revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our 
products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or cleared products on 
a timely basis.  For example, the FDA recently initiated changes to the pre-market clearance process in 
response to internal and external concerns regarding the 510(k) program.  On October 1, 2012, the FDA 
implemented  changes  through  the  Medical  Device  User  Fee Amendments  of  2012,  which  impose  more 
restrictive review and acceptance criteria.  These and possible future changes impose additional regulatory 
requirements upon us which could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of 
compliance, or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances.

Any  delay  in,  or  failure  to  receive  or  maintain,  clearance  or  approval  for  our  products  under 
development  could  prevent  us  from  generating  revenue  from  these  products  or  achieving  profitability.  
Additionally,  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  authorities  have  broad  enforcement  powers.    Regulatory 
enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some surgeons from using our 
products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our products.

In addition, even after we have obtained the proper regulatory approval to market a product, the FDA 
has the power to require us to conduct postmarketing studies.  For example, the FDA issued a 522 Order in 
October 2009 requiring companies that market dynamic stabilization systems, such as our TRANSITION® 
system, to conduct postmarketing studies on those systems.  These studies can be very expensive and time-
consuming to conduct.  Failure to comply with those studies in a timely manner could result in the revocation 
of the 510(k) clearance for the product that is subject to such a 522 Order and the recall or withdrawal of the 
product, which could prevent us from generating sales from that product in the United States.  

Similarly, we must comply with numerous international laws and regulations in order to market our 
products outside of the United States, see “Item 1. Business; Government Regulation; International” for 
a summary of certain international laws and regulations to which we are subject.  As is the case in the United 
States,  the  applicable  regulatory  body  may  change  its  clearance  and  approval  policies,  adopt  additional 
regulations  or  revise  existing  regulations,  or  take  other  actions  which  may  prevent  or  delay  approval  or 
clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or 
cleared products on a timely basis.  Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for 
our products under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving 
profitability.  Conducting clinical studies to obtain clinical data that might be required as part of the clinical 
evaluation process can be expensive and time-consuming.  Additionally, the regulatory authorities have broad 
enforcement powers.  Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade 
some surgeons from using our products and adversely affect the perceived safety and efficacy of our products 
and our reputation.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and 

result in enforcement actions such as:

fines;
injunctions;
civil penalties;
termination of distribution;
recalls or seizures of products;

•  warning letters;
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  delays in the introduction of products into the market;
• 
• 

total or partial suspension of production;
refusal of the FDA or other regulator to grant future clearances or approvals;

37

Table of Contents

•  withdrawals or suspensions of current clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of 

our products; and/or
in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

• 

Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales 
and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.  
For example, in February 2012 we executed a settlement agreement with the FDA in which we and our CEO, 
David C. Paul, agreed to pay a total of $1.0 million in exchange for the FDA’s release of claims related solely 
to the FDA’s determination that we failed to obtain the 510(k) clearance required for the sale of our NUBONE® 
product, which we ceased selling in the United States in December 2010.

Modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or PMAs, or may require us to cease 
marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained. 

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness 
or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design, or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) 
clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA.  The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination 
in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision.  The FDA may not agree with 
our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary.  We have modified some of our 
510(k) cleared products, and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA guidance that in 
certain  instances  new  510(k)  clearances  or  PMAs  are  not  required.    If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  our 
determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously 
cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be 
required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we 
may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Recent changes to FDA’s 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to gain FDA clearance  
for our products, by imposing more onerous acceptance and review requirements for new 510(k) submissions , 
and future changes may further increase this burden.

We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.

We currently market our products internationally and intend to expand our international marketing.  
International jurisdictions require separate regulatory approvals and compliance with numerous and varying 
regulatory requirements.  For example, we intend to continue to seek regulatory clearance to market our 
primary products in the EU/EEA, Brazil, Canada and other key markets.  The approval procedures vary 
among countries and may involve requirements for additional testing, and the time required to obtain approval 
may differ from country to country and from that required to obtain FDA clearance or approval.

Clearance or approval by the FDA does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities 
in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not 
ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA.  The 
foreign regulatory approval or certification process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining 
FDA clearance or approval.  We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all.  We 
may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive necessary approvals to 
commercialize our products in any market.  If we fail to receive necessary approvals or certifications to 
commercialize  our  products  in  foreign  jurisdictions  on  a  timely  basis,  or  at  all,  our  business,  results  of 
operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

38

Table of Contents

Additionally, in the EEA, we must inform the Notified Body that carried out the conformity assessment 
of the medical devices we market or sell in the EEA of any planned substantial changes to our quality system 
or changes to our devices which could affect compliance with the essential requirements or the devices’ 
intended use.  The Notified Body will then assess the changes and verify whether they affect the products’ 
conformity.  If the assessment is not favorable, it could prevent us from selling that product in the EEA, 
which could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations.  

The  FCPA  and  similar  worldwide  anti-bribery  laws  in  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  generally  prohibit 
companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining 
business.  The FCPA also imposes accounting standards and requirements on publicly traded U.S. corporations 
and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of 
bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which 
such improper payments can be made.  Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare 
systems  around  the  world,  many  of  our  customer  relationships  outside  of  the  United  States  are  with 
governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws.  Our internal control policies and 
procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents.  
Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant 
management distraction and result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and 
financial condition.  We also could suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement 
and other remedial measures, including further changes or enhancements to our procedures, policies and 
controls, as well as potential personnel changes and disciplinary actions.

Furthermore, we are subject to the export controls and economic embargo rules and regulations of 
the United States, including, but not limited to, the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions 
against embargoed countries, which are administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the 
Department of the Treasury, as well as the laws and regulations administered by the Department of Commerce.  
These regulations limit our ability to market, sell, distribute or otherwise transfer our products or technology 
to prohibited countries or persons.  A determination that we have failed to comply, whether knowingly or 
inadvertently, may result in substantial penalties, including fines and enforcement actions and civil and/or 
criminal sanctions, the disgorgement of profits and the imposition of a court-appointed monitor, as well as 
the denial of export privileges, and may have an adverse effect on our reputation.

These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our international operations or on our 

business, results of operations and financial condition generally.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s good manufacturing practice regulations and similar 
international regulations, this could impair our ability to market our products in a cost-effective and timely 
manner.  

We and our third-party suppliers are required to comply with QSRs, which cover the methods and 
documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, 
storage and shipping of our products.  In addition, suppliers and processors of allograft must comply with 
the CGTPs, which govern the methods used in and the facilities and controls used for the manufacture of 
human cell tissue and cellular and tissue-based products, record-keeping and the establishment of a quality 
program.

The FDA audits compliance with the QSR and CGTPs through periodic announced and unannounced 
inspections of manufacturing and other facilities.  The FDA may conduct inspections or audits at any time.  

39

Table of Contents

If we or our suppliers have significant non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan that we or our 
suppliers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take enforcement 
action, including any of the following sanctions:

customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our products;

•  untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
• 
•  operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
• 

refusing  or  delaying  our  requests  for  510(k)  clearance  or  PMA  of  new  products  or  modified 
products;

•  withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMAs that have already been granted;
• 
• 

refusal to grant export approval for our products; or
criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of 

operations and financial condition.

Outside the United States, our products and operations are also often required to comply with standards 
set by industrial standards bodies, such as the ISO.  Foreign regulatory bodies may evaluate our products or 
the testing that our products undergo against these standards.  The specific standards, types of evaluation 
and scope of review differ among foreign regulatory bodies.  We intend to comply with the standards enforced 
by such foreign regulatory bodies as needed to commercialize our products.  If we fail to adequately comply 
with any of these standards, a foreign regulatory body may take adverse actions similar to those within the 
power of the FDA.  Any such action may harm our reputation and business, and could have an adverse effect 
on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, 
or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant adverse impact on us.  

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of 
commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the 
event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health.  Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, 
recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found.  A government-mandated or voluntary recall 
by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, 
manufacturing  errors,  design  or  labeling  defects  or  other  deficiencies  and  issues.    Recalls  of  any  of  our 
products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results 
of operations and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-
effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands.  We may also be required to bear other 
costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate 
profits.

In the EEA, we must comply with the EU Medical Device Vigilance System.  Under this system,  
manufacturers are required to take Field Safety Corrective Actions (“FSCAs”) to reduce a risk of death or 
serious deterioration in the state of health associated with the use of a medical device that is already placed 
on the market.  A FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the 
device.  

Any adverse event involving our products, whether in the United States or abroad, could result in 
future  voluntary  corrective  actions,  such  as  recalls  or  customer  notifications,  or  agency  action,  such  as 
inspection,  mandatory  recall  or  other  enforcement  action.   Any  corrective  action,  whether  voluntary  or 

40

Table of Contents

involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time and capital, 
distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

We may be subject to enforcement action if we engage in the off-label promotion of our products.  

Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws 
and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of off-label use.  Physicians may use our products 
off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of 
medicine.  However, if the FDA determines that our promotional efforts constitutes promotion of an off-
label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional efforts or subject us to regulatory or 
enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil 
fine and criminal penalties.  It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities, 
such  as  the  DOJ,  might  take  action  if  they  consider  our  promotional  or  training  materials  to  constitute 
promotion of an unapproved/off-label use, which could result in significant criminal and/or civil fines or 
penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement (e.g., the 
False Claims Act).  In that event, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of the products would be 
impaired.  Although our policy is to refrain from statements that could be considered off-label promotion of 
our products, the FDA or another regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in 
off-label promotion.  In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of injury to patients, 
and, in turn, the risk of product liability claims.  Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could 
divert our management’s attention, result in substantial damage awards against us and harm our reputation.

Governmental regulation and limited sources and suppliers could restrict our procurement and use of 
tissue.

In the United States, the procurement and transplantation of allograft bone tissue is subject to federal 
law pursuant to the NOTA, a criminal statute which prohibits the purchase and sale of human organs used 
in human transplantation, including bone and related tissue, for “valuable consideration.” NOTA permits 
reasonable payments associated with the removal, transportation, processing, preservation, quality control, 
implantation and storage of human bone tissue.  We provide services in all of these areas in the United States, 
with  the  exception  of  removal  and  implantation,  and  receive  payments  for  all  such  services.   We  make 
payments to tissue banks for their services related to recovering allograft bone tissue on our behalf.  If NOTA 
is interpreted or enforced in a manner that prevents us from receiving payment for services we render or that 
prevents us from paying tissue banks or certain of our clients for the services they render for us, our business 
could be materially adversely affected.

We  depend  on  a  limited  number  of  sources  of  human  tissue  for  use  in  some  of  our  advanced 
biomaterials products and a limited number of entities to process the human tissue for use in those advanced 
biomaterials products, and any failure to obtain tissue from these sources or to have the tissue processed by 
these entities for us in a timely manner will interfere with our ability to effectively meet demand for our 
advanced biomaterials products incorporating human tissue.  Two third-party suppliers currently supply all 
of  our  needs  for  allograft  implants  and  products.    The  processing  of  human  tissue  into  our  advanced 
biomaterials products is very labor-intensive and it is therefore difficult to maintain a steady supply stream.  
In addition, due to seasonal changes in mortality rates, some scarce tissues used in our advanced biomaterials 
products are at times in particularly short supply.  We cannot be certain that our current supply of allograft 
implants and supplies from that supplier, plus any additional source that we identify in the future, will be 
sufficient to meet our needs.  Our dependence on a small number of third-party suppliers and the challenges 
we may face in obtaining adequate supplies of human tissue involve several risks, including limited control 
over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules.  In addition, any interruption in the supply of any 
human tissue component, could materially harm our and our third-party suppliers’ ability to manufacture our 
41

Table of Contents

advanced biomaterials products until a new source of supply, if any, could be found.  We may be unable to 
find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, 
if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial 
condition.

Negative publicity concerning methods of tissue recovery and screening of donor tissue in our industry 
could reduce demand for our advanced biomaterials products and impact the supply of available donor 
tissue.

Media reports or other negative publicity concerning both alleged improper methods of tissue recovery 
from donors and disease transmission from donated tissue could limit widespread acceptance of some of our 
advanced biomaterials products.  Unfavorable reports of improper or illegal tissue recovery practices, both 
in the United States and internationally, as well as incidents of improperly processed tissue leading to the 
transmission  of  disease,  may  broadly  affect  the  rate  of  future  tissue  donation  and  market  acceptance  of 
technologies incorporating human tissue.  In addition, such negative publicity could cause the families of 
potential donors to become reluctant to agree to donate tissue to for-profit tissue processors.  For example, 
the media has reported examples of alleged illegal harvesting of body parts from cadavers and resulting 
recalls conducted by certain companies selling human tissue based products affected by the alleged illegal 
harvesting.  These reports and others could have a negative effect on our tissue regeneration business.

We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that can impose significant costs and expose us to 
potential financial liabilities.

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our allograft implants and products, and the 
handling of materials used in the product testing process, including in our cadaveric laboratory, involve the 
controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and wastes.  Our business and facilities 
and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the 
protection of human health and the environment, including those governing the use, manufacture, storage, 
handling and disposal of, and exposure to, such materials and wastes.  In addition, under some environmental 
laws and regulations, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our past or 
present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites even if such contamination was not caused by us.  A 
failure to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations could result in severe fines or 
penalties.  Any such expenses or liability could have a significant negative impact on our business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

We or our suppliers may be the subject of claims for non-compliance with FDA regulations in connection 
with  the  processing,  manufacturing  or  distribution  of  our  proposed  allograft  or  other  advanced 
biomaterials implants and products.

Allegations may be made against us or against donor recovery groups or tissue banks, including those 
with which we have a contractual supplier relationship, claiming that the acquisition or processing of tissue 
for allograft implants and products or other advanced biomaterials products does not comply with applicable 
FDA regulations or other relevant statutes and regulations.  Allegations like these could cause regulators or 
other authorities to take investigative or other action against us or our suppliers, or could cause negative 
publicity for us or our industry generally.  These actions or any negative publicity could cause us to incur 
substantial costs, divert the attention of our management from our business and harm our reputation.

42

Table of Contents

We and our distributor sales representatives might be subject to claims for failing to comply with U.S. 
federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback laws and other anti-referral laws.  

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including 
anti-kickback  laws  and  physician  self-referral  laws.    Our  relationships  with  surgeons,  hospitals  and  our 
independent distributors are subject to scrutiny under these laws.  Violations of these laws are punishable by 
criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation 
in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration 
health programs.  Because of the broad and far-reaching nature of these laws, we may be required to alter or 
discontinue one or more of our business practices to be in compliance with these laws.

Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex, and even minor irregularities can potentially 
give rise to claims that a statute or prohibition has been violated.  Examples of laws that may affect our ability 
to operate include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly 
and  willfully  soliciting,  receiving,  offering  or  paying  remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in 
exchange  for  or  to  induce  either  the  referral  of  an  individual  for,  or  the  purchase,  order  or 
recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare 
programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;
federal  false  claims  laws  which  prohibit,  among  other  things,  individuals  or  entities  from 
knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, 
or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, which created federal 
criminal  laws  that  prohibit  executing  a  scheme  to  defraud  any  healthcare  benefit  program  or 
making false statements relating to healthcare matters;
the  Federal  Trade  Commission Act  and  similar  laws  regulating  advertisement  and  consumer 
protections;
the FCPA, which prohibits corrupt payments, gifts or transfers of value to foreign officials; 
foreign and U.S. state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback 
and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, 
including commercial insurers; and 
the  Physician  Payment  Sunshine Act,  which  requires  medical  device  companies  to  report  all 
compensation, gifts and benefits they have provided to certain healthcare professionals.

Possible sanctions for violation of these laws include monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, 
exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid programs and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such 
prohibitions.  Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we 
successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of 
operations and financial condition.

We have entered into consulting, royalty and other agreements with surgeons, including some who 
make referrals to us.  In addition, some of our referring surgeons own our stock, which they either purchased 
in an arm’s length transaction on terms identical to those offered to non-referral sources or received from us 
as fair market value consideration for consulting services performed.  While these transactions were structured 
with the intention of complying with all applicable laws, including the federal ban on physician self-referrals, 
commonly known as the “Stark Law,” state anti-referral laws and other applicable anti-kickback laws, to the 
extent  applicable,  it  is  possible  that  regulatory  agencies  may  view  these  transactions  as  prohibited 
arrangements that must be restructured, or discontinued, or for which we could be subject to other significant 
penalties.  Regulators also could prohibit us from accepting payment for referrals from these surgeons.  We 
43

Table of Contents

would be materially and adversely affected if regulatory agencies interpret our financial relationships with 
spine surgeons who order our products to be in violation of applicable laws and we were unable to comply 
with applicable laws.  This could subject us to monetary penalties for non-compliance, the cost of which 
could be substantial, or we may be unable to accept referrals from such surgeons.

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the DOJ has increased its scrutiny of interactions between 
healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, 
convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry.  Dealing with investigations can be time- and resource-
consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business.  Additionally, if an investigation were 
initiated involving us and we decided to settle that investigation with the DOJ or other law enforcement 
agencies, we may be forced to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of 
a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement.  Any such investigation or settlement could increase our 
costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In  certain  cases,  federal  and  state  authorities  pursue  actions  for  false  claims  on  the  basis  that 
manufacturers and distributors are promoting unapproved, or “off-label” uses of their products.  Pursuant to 
FDA regulations, we can only market our products for cleared or approved uses.  Although surgeons are 
permitted to use medical devices for indications other than those cleared or approved by the FDA, we are 
prohibited from promoting products for “off-label” uses.  We market our products and provide promotional 
materials and training programs to surgeons regarding the use of our products.  If it is determined that our 
marketing, promotional materials or training programs constitute promotion of unapproved uses, we could 
be  subject  to  significant fines  in  addition  to  regulatory enforcement actions,  including  the  issuance  of  a 
warning letter, injunction, seizure and criminal penalty.

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made 
to  physicians  for  marketing.    Some  states,  such  as  California,  Massachusetts  and  Vermont,  mandate 
implementation  of  commercial  compliance  programs,  along  with  the  tracking  and  reporting  of  gifts, 
compensation and other remuneration to physicians.  The shifting commercial compliance environment and 
the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or 
reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may run 
afoul of one or more of the requirements.

The scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current 
environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations.  
Federal or state regulatory authorities might challenge our current or future activities under these laws.  Any 
such challenge could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and 
financial condition.  In addition to the penalties described above, any state or federal regulatory review of 
us, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time-consuming and could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Compliance with government regulations regarding the use of “conflict minerals” may result in additional 
expense and affect our operations.

We are subject to the recently adopted SEC disclosure requirements regarding the use of “conflict 
minerals” mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries.  The new requirements 
necessitate due diligence efforts on our part, and we are also required to comply with the applicable disclosure 
requirements,  with  the  first  reports  required  to  be  filed  with  the  SEC  no  later  than  May  31,  2014.   The 
compliance requirements are complex, and there is not much guidance with respect to their application.  
Although  we  expect  to  meet  our  reporting  obligations,  we  may  incur  significant  costs  associated  with 
complying with the new disclosure requirements, including but not limited to costs related to determining 

44

Table of Contents

which of our products may be subject to the new rules and the source of any “conflict minerals” used in those 
products.  Additionally, implementing the new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and 
pricing of materials used in the manufacture of our products, which could adversely affect our results of 
operations.  We may also face reputational challenges if we are unable to verify through our compliance 
procedures the origins for all metals used in our products.

Risks Related to our Financial Results and Need for Financing

We will need to generate significant sales to remain profitable.

We  intend  to  increase  our  operating  expenses  substantially  as  we  add  sales  representatives  and 
distributors  to  increase  our  geographic  sales  coverage,  submit  additional  IDE  applications  to  the  FDA, 
increase  our  marketing  capabilities,  conduct  clinical  trials  and  increase  our  general  and  administrative 
functions  to  support  our  growing  operations.    We  will  need  to  generate  significant  sales  to  maintain 
profitability and we might not be able to do so.  Even if we do generate significant sales, we might not be 
able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future.  If our sales grow more 
slowly  than  we  anticipate  or  if  our  operating  expenses  exceed  our  expectations,  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations will likely be adversely affected.

We may be unable to grow our revenue or earnings as anticipated, which may have a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations.

We have experienced rapid growth since our inception and have increased our revenues to $434.5 
million in 2013.  Our ability to achieve future growth will depend upon, among other things, the success of 
our growth strategies, which we cannot assure will be successful.  In addition, we may have more difficulty 
maintaining our historical or prior rate of growth of revenues, profitability or cash flows.  Our future success 
will depend upon numerous factors, including the strength of our brand, the market success of our current 
and future products, competitive conditions, our ability to attract and retain our employees and our ability 
to manage our business and implement our growth strategy.  If we are unable to achieve future growth, our 
business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affect.  In addition, we anticipate 
significantly expanding our infrastructure and adding personnel in connection with our anticipated growth, 
which we expect will cause our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase, which adversely 
impact our results of operations.  

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly.

Our operating results are difficult to predict and may be subject to periodic fluctuations.  Our sales 

and results of operations will be affected by numerous factors, including:

•  our ability to drive increased sales of our products;
•  our ability to establish and maintain an effective and dedicated sales force;
•  pricing  pressure  applicable  to  our  products,  including  adverse  third-party  coverage  and 

reimbursement outcomes;
results of clinical research and trials on our existing products and products in development;
the mix of our products sold because profit margins differ amongst our products;
timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our 
competitors;
the  ability  of  our  suppliers  to  timely  provide  us  with  an  adequate  supply  of  materials  and 
components;
the evolving product offerings of our competitors;

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

45

Table of Contents

• 

regulatory approvals and legislative changes affecting the products we may offer or those of our 
competitors;
interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;
the effect of competing technological, industry and market developments;
changes in our ability to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for our products; and

• 
• 
• 
•  our ability to expand the geographic reach of our sales and marketing efforts.

Many of the products we may seek to develop and introduce in the future will require FDA approval 
or clearance before commercialization in the United States, and commercialization of such products outside 
of the United States would likely require additional regulatory approvals and import licenses.  As a result, it 
will be difficult for us to forecast demand for these products with any degree of certainty.  In addition, we 
will be increasing our operating expenses as we expand our commercial capabilities.  Accordingly, we may 
experience significant, unanticipated quarterly or annual losses.  If our quarterly or annual operating results 
fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our Class A common stock could 
decline substantially.  Furthermore, any quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, 
cause the price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially.  We believe that quarterly comparisons 
of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our 
future performance.

Prolonged negative economic conditions in domestic and global markets may adversely affect us, our 
suppliers, counterparties and consumers, which could harm our financial position.

As has been widely reported, global credit and financial markets have been experiencing extreme 
disruptions over the past several years, including severely diminished liquidity and availability of credit, 
declines  in  consumer  confidence,  declines  in  economic  growth,  increases  in  unemployment  rates  and 
uncertainty about economic stability.  Credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions 
might deteriorate further.  Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by the recent economic 
downturn and volatile business environment and continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions.  
In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, suppliers and other partners may 
not continue to operate, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and 
on budget.  Any lender that is obligated to provide funding to us under any now existing or future credit 
agreement with us may not be able to provide funding in a timely manner, or at all, when we require it.  The 
cost of, or lack of, available credit or equity financing could impact our ability to develop sufficient liquidity 
to maintain or grow our company, which in turn may adversely affect our business, results of operations or 
financial condition.  We also manage cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments through various 
institutions.  There may be a risk of loss on investments based on the volatility of the underlying instruments 
that will prevent us from recovering the full principal of our investments.  These negative changes in domestic 
and global economic conditions or additional disruptions of either or both of the financial and credit markets 
may also affect third-party payors and may have a material adverse effect on our stock price, business, results 
of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise funds in the future, and such funds may 
not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

Continued expansion of our business will be expensive and we may seek funds from public and 
private stock offerings, borrowings under our existing or future credit facilities or other sources.  Our capital 
requirements will depend on many factors, including:

• 
• 

the revenues generated by sales of our products;
the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

46

Table of Contents

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

the expenses we incur in manufacturing and selling our products;
the costs of developing and commercializing new products or technologies;
the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval or clearance of our products and products 
in development;
the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;
the costs associated with our planned international expansion;
the  costs  associated  with  increased  capital  expenditures,  including  fixed  asset  purchases  of 
instrument sets which we loan to hospitals to support surgeries; and

•  unanticipated general and administrative expenses.

As a result of these factors, we may seek to raise capital, and such capital may not be available on 
favorable terms, or at all.  Furthermore, if we issue equity or debt securities to raise capital, our existing 
stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences 
and  privileges  senior  to  those  of  our  existing  stockholders.    In  addition,  if  we  raise  capital  through 
collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to 
our products, potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable 
to us.  If we cannot raise capital on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, 
execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures, changes 
in our supplier relationships, or unanticipated customer requirements.  Any of these events could adversely 
affect our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our existing revolving credit facility contains restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our existing revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to 
transfer or dispose of assets, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire 
other companies, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens, experience changes in management 
and enter into new businesses.  We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions 
unless we obtain the consent of the lender or terminate the revolving credit facility.  There is no guarantee 
that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet the financial covenants or pay the 
principal and interest on any such debt.  Furthermore, there is no guarantee that future working capital, 
borrowings or equity financing will be available to repay or refinance any such debt.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property and Potential Litigation

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.  

We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality 
and non-disclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and know-how.  
We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes.  While 
we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell patented 
products,  we  may  not  accurately  predict  all  of  the  countries  where  patent  protection  will  ultimately  be 
desirable.  If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing 
so at a later date.  Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will be approved.  
The  rights  granted  to  us  under  our  patents,  including  prospective  rights  sought  in  our  pending  patent 
applications, may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage and they could be opposed, 
contested  or  circumvented  by  our  competitors  or  be  declared  invalid  or  unenforceable  in  judicial  or 
administrative proceedings.  The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it 
easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies.  Competitors may be able 
to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes which are comparable to ours without 

47

Table of Contents

infringing on our intellectual property rights.  We have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual 
property  assignment  agreements  with  our  officers,  employees,  consultants  and  advisors  regarding  our 
intellectual property and proprietary technology.  In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other 
breaches of such agreements, we may not be provided with meaningful protection for our trade secrets or 
other  proprietary  information.    Due  to  differences  between  foreign  and  U.S.  patent  laws,  our  patented 
intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would 
in the United States.  Even if patents are granted outside the United States, effective enforcement in those 
countries may not be available.  Since most of our issued patents and pending patent applications are for the 
United States only, we lack a corresponding scope of patent protection in other countries.  In countries where 
we do not have significant patent protection, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products 
in such countries that are the same as or similar to our products.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products 
of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks.  We cannot assure 
you  that  our  trademark  applications  will  be  approved.    Third  parties  may  also  oppose  our  trademark 
applications,  or  otherwise  challenge  our  use  of  the  trademarks.    In  the  event  that  our  trademarks  are 
successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand 
recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands.  Further, we 
cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or that we will have adequate 
resources to enforce our trademarks.

If a competitor infringes upon one of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, 
enforcing those patents, trademarks and other rights may be difficult and time consuming.  Even if successful, 
litigation to defend our patents and trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property 
rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention from managing our 
business.  Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources or desire to defend our patents or trademarks 
against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights.

We are subject to various litigation claims and legal proceedings, including litigation initiated by NuVasive, 
Depuy Synthes, N-Spine, L5, Sabatino Bianco and Altus Partners LLC. 

We, as well as certain of our officers and independent distributors, are subject to a number of legal 
proceedings,  including  those  initiated  by  NuVasive,  Depuy  Synthes,  N-Spine  (subsequently  acquired  by 
Depuy Synthes), L5, Sabatino Bianco, and Altus Partners LLC, which are described in more detail under 
“Item 3. Legal Proceedings” below.  These lawsuits may result in significant legal fees and expenses and 
could divert management’s time and other resources.  If the claims contained in these lawsuits are successfully 
asserted against us, we could be liable for damages and be required to alter or cease certain of our business 
practices or product lines.  Any of these outcomes could cause our business, financial performance and cash 
position to be negatively impacted.  

Further, in the course of our regular review of pending legal matters, we determine whether it is 
reasonably possible that a potential loss relating to a legal proceeding may have a material impact on our 
business,  financial  performance  or  cash  position.   However,  estimates  of  possible  losses  are  inherently 
uncertain,  and  even  if  we  determine  that  a  loss  is  reasonably  possible,  in  accordance  with  authoritative 
accounting guidance, if we are unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss, we do not record an 
accrual related to such litigation.  As a result of this accounting policy, we may experience variability in our 
results of operations if damages for which we are found liable exceed the amounts we have accrued.  For 
example, on June 14, 2013, the jury in the patent infringement case in the U.S. District Court in Delaware 
brought by DePuy Synthes returned a verdict in favor of DePuy Synthes and on January 17, 2014, the jury 
in a misappropriation of trade secret suit filed against us in the Federal District Court for the Eastern District 
48

Table of Contents

of Texas by Sabatino Bianco returned a verdict in favor of Bianco.  In prior periods, we were unable to 
determine the probable outcomes in these cases or estimate the potential loss.  As a result of these verdicts, 
we accrued a combined $23.8 million in damages and other related costs in the year ended December 31, 
2013, which reduced our U.S. GAAP diluted earnings per share by approximately $0.17 (see further discussion 
under  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations; Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below).

There is no guarantee of a successful result in any of these lawsuits, either in defending these claims 

or in pursuing counterclaims. 

The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation and we could become subject to litigation 
that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages, 
and/or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products.  

Our  commercial  success  will  depend  in  part  on  not  infringing  the  patents  or  violating  the  other 
proprietary rights of third parties.  Significant litigation regarding patent rights exists in our industry.  Our 
competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and 
have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in 
the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make 
and sell our products.  We have not conducted an independent review of patents issued to third parties.  The 
large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, the complexities of the technology involved 
and uncertainty of litigation increase the risk of business assets and management’s attention being diverted 
to patent litigation.  We have received in the past, and expect to receive in the future, communications from 
various industry participants alleging our infringement of their patents, trade secrets or other intellectual 
property rights and/or offering licenses to such intellectual property.  We are currently subject to lawsuits, 
and have received other written allegations, claiming that we have infringed certain patents of our competitors 
and  others  in  the  spine  industry,  including  N-Spine  (subsequently  acquired  by  Depuy  Synthes),  Depuy 
Synthes, NuVasive, and Altus Partners LLC.  A summary of the N-Spine, Depuy Synthes, NuVasive,  and 
Altus Partners LLC cases is provided under “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” below.  Any lawsuits resulting 
from such allegations could subject us to significant liability for damages, such as the jury verdict returned 
against  us  in  June  2013  in  the  patent  infringement  case  brought  by  DePuy  Synthes,  and  invalidate  our 
proprietary rights.  Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the 
following:

• 

• 

stop  selling  products  or  using  technology  that  contains  the  allegedly  infringing  intellectual 
property;
lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon 
successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property rights against others;
incur significant legal expenses;

• 
•  pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be 

• 

• 

infringing;
redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could 
be costly and disruptive; or
attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not 
be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, 
and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our 
core business, and harm our reputation.  Further, as the number of participants in the spine industry grows, 
the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases.  If we are found to infringe 
49

Table of Contents

the intellectual property rights of third parties, we could be required to pay substantial damages (including 
treble, or triple, damages if an infringement is found to be willful) and/or royalties and could be prevented 
from selling our products unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement.  
Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we 
would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of 
others.    If  we  fail  to  obtain  any  required  licenses  or  make  any  necessary  changes  to  our  products  or 
technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize 
one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of 
operations and financial condition.

In addition, we generally indemnify our customers and distributors with respect to infringement by 
our products of the proprietary rights of third parties.  Third parties may assert infringement claims against 
our customers or distributors.  These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation 
on behalf of our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims.  If any of these claims 
succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers or distributors or may be required to 
obtain  licenses  for  the  products  they  use.    If  we  cannot  obtain  all  necessary  licenses  on  commercially 
reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors 
have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information of our 
competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.  

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our 
competitors or potential competitors, in some cases until recently.  Many of our independent distributors sell, 
or in the past have sold, products of our competitors.  We may be subject to claims that we, our employees, 
or  our  independent  distributors  have  inadvertently  or  otherwise  used  or  disclosed  trade  secrets  or  other 
proprietary information of these former employers or competitors.  In addition, we have been and may in 
the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition 
or non-solicitation agreement.  Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.  For example, as 
discussed elsewhere in this report, we are currently involved in a lawsuit brought by NuVasive with respect 
to our employment of former employees of NuVasive.  Even if we are successful in defending against these 
claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management.  If our defense 
to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable personnel.  There can 
be no assurance that this type of litigation will not continue, and any future litigation or the threat thereof 
may adversely affect our ability to hire additional direct sales representatives.  A loss of key personnel or 
their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize product candidates, which could 
have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Because allograft implants used in our advanced biomaterials program may entail a risk of communicable 
diseases to human recipients, we may be the subject of product liability claims regarding our allograft 
implants.

The development of allograft implants and technologies for human tissue repair and treatment may 
entail particular risk of transmitting diseases to human recipients.  Any such transmission could result in the 
assertion of substantial product liability claims against us.  In addition, successful product liability claims 
made against one of our competitors could cause claims to be made against us or expose us to a perception 
that we are vulnerable to similar claims.  Claims against us arising out of our advanced biomaterials program, 
regardless of their merit or potential outcome, may also hurt our reputation and ability to sell our products.

50

Table of Contents

We may incur product liability losses and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover 
these losses.  

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, design, 
manufacture and sale of medical devices for spine surgery procedures.  Spine surgery involves significant 
risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis and even death.  In addition, if 
longer-term patient results and experience indicates that our products or any component of a product cause 
tissue  damage,  motor  impairment  or  other  adverse  effects,  we  could  be  subject  to  significant  liability.  
Furthermore, if spine surgeons are not sufficiently trained in the use of our products, they may misuse or 
ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes or patient injury.  We 
could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, manufacturing flaws, 
design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in 
an unsafe condition or injury to patients.  The spine industry has been particularly prone to potential product 
liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture and sale of medical devices and products for 
spine surgery procedures.

A product liability or other damages claim, product recall or product misuse, regardless of the outcome, 
could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or to pay significant damages or costs, and 
could seriously harm our business.  If our product liability insurance is inadequate to pay a damages award, 
we may have to pay the excess out of our cash reserves, which may harm our financial condition.  Any 
product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of the costs we 
incur to obtain product liability insurance or our inability to secure product liability coverage in the future.  
If any of our products are found to cause tissue damage, motor impairment or other adverse effects, we could 
be subject to significant liability.  Even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our 
reputation  in  the  industry,  impair  our  ability  to  sell  one  or  more  of  our  products  in  the  future,  result  in 
significant legal fees and cause significant diversion of management’s attention from managing our business.  
A product liability or other claim, product recall, or product misuse involving any of our products, whether 
or not meritorious, could also materially and adversely harm our reputation and our ability to attract and 
retain customers.

In addition, any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in an 
increase of our product liability insurance rates.  Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to 
obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on terms 
acceptable to us or at all.

Risks Related to the Ownership of our Class A Common Stock

Because of their significant stock ownership, our chief executive officer, our other executive officers, and 
our directors and principal stockholders will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate 
decisions.

Because of their significant stock ownership, our chief executive officer, our other executive officers, 
and our directors will be able to exert substantial control over us and our significant corporate decisions.  
Based on an aggregate of 93,442,753 shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding as of 
December 31,  2013,  our  executive  officers  and  directors  and  their  affiliates  beneficially  owned,  in  the 
aggregate, approximately 79.8% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.  In particular, as of 
December 31, 2013, David C. Paul, our CEO, controlled approximately 28.8% of our Class A and Class B 
common stock, representing approximately 79.3% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock as 
of that date.

51

Table of Contents

As a result, David C. Paul has, and these persons acting together, have the ability to significantly 
influence or determine the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the 
election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.  
Furthermore, as of December 31, 2013, we had 192,558,708 shares of Class B common stock available for 
issuance.   This  amount  exceeds  5%  of  our  outstanding  common  stock,  meaning  our  Board  of  Directors 
(“Board”) could issue Class B common stock without necessarily triggering the automatic conversion of that 
Class B common stock to Class A common stock that, pursuant to our charter, will occur when any holder’s 
shares of Class B common stock represents less than 5% of the aggregate number of all outstanding shares 
of our common stock, thereby further concentrating the voting power of our capital stock in a limited number 
of stockholders.

The interests of our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders might not coincide with 
the interests of the other holders of our capital stock.  This concentration of ownership may harm the value 
of our Class A common stock by, among other things:

•  delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company;
• 

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our company; 
or
causing  us  to  enter  into  transactions  or  agreements  that  are  not  in  the  best  interests  of  all 
stockholders.

• 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange Rules, and we take, 
and intend to continue to take, advantage of exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

David  C.  Paul,  alone,  and  our  management,  directors  and  significant  stockholders,  collectively, 
beneficially own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.  Under the New York 
Stock Exchange Rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, 
group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate 
governance requirements, including the requirement that a majority of our directors be independent, as defined 
in the New York Stock Exchange Rules, and the requirement that our compensation and nominating and 
corporate governance committees consist entirely of independent directors.  We rely, and intend to continue 
to rely, on the “controlled company” exemption under the New York Stock Exchange Rules.  As a result, a 
majority of the members of our Board may not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate 
governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors.  Accordingly, 
while we remain a controlled company and during any transition period following a time when we are no 
longer a controlled company, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies 
that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance requirements.

Our Board is authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without 
stockholder approval.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board, without the approval of 
our  stockholders,  to  issue  35  million  shares  of  our  preferred  stock,  subject  to  limitations  prescribed  by 
applicable  law,  rules  and  regulations  and  the  provisions  of  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of 
incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares 
to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of 
each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  The powers, preferences and rights 
of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our Class A common stock, 
which may reduce its value.

52

Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent 
a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could depress 
the price of our Class A common stock and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our 
current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain other 
provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our Board that our 
stockholders might consider favorable.

In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation 
Law regulating corporate takeovers, which may restrict or prohibit certain business combination transactions 
with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, including discouraging takeover 
attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of our Class A common stock.  

Section 203 and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended 
and restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers 
to obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, including delay 
or impede a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest involving our company.  The existence of these provisions 
could negatively affect the price of our Class A common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value 
in a corporate transaction.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock.  We currently intend to retain 
all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not 
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  In addition, we have a revolving credit facility 
that, if we borrow under it, may preclude us from paying any dividends.  Accordingly, you may have to sell 
some or all of your shares of our Class A common stock in order to generate cash flow from your investment.  
You may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell shares and you may lose the entire amount of 
the investment.

Our management team may invest or spend our capital in ways with which you may not agree or in ways 
which may not yield a return.

Our management has considerable discretion in the application of our cash and liquid assets.  We do 
not have any specific uses of our cash or liquid assets planned.  Such cash and liquid assets may be used for 
corporate purposes that do not favorably affect our operating results.  In addition, until we use our cash and 
liquid assets, they may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value. 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research 
about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that 
industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business or our industry.  If one or more of these analysts 
cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the 
financial markets, which in turn could cause the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock to 
decline.  Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrade our Class A common 
stock or release a negative report, or if our operating results do not meet analyst expectations, the price of 
our Class A common stock could decline.

53

Table of Contents

The price of our Class A common stock might fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of 
your investment.

The trading price of our Class A common stock may be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations 

in response to various factors, including:

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;
the overall performance of the equity markets;
introduction of new services or announcements of significant contracts, acquisitions or capital 
commitments by us or our competitors;
legislative, political or regulatory developments;
issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;
additions or departures of key personnel;
threatened or actual litigation and government investigations;
investor  perceptions  of  us  and  the  medical  device  industry,  changes  in  accounting  standards, 
policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
sale of shares of our Class A common stock by us or members of our management;

• 
•  general economic conditions;
changes in interest rates; and
• 
availability of capital.
• 

These  and  other  factors  might  cause  the  market  price  of  our  Class A  common  stock  to  fluctuate 
substantially, which might limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of our Class A common 
stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our Class A common stock.  In addition, in recent 
years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations.  This volatility has had a 
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies across many industries.  The 
changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies.  
Accordingly, the price of our Class A common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or 
nothing to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price.  Securities 
class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall 
market and in the market price of a company’s securities.  This litigation, if instituted against us, could result 
in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results 
and financial condition.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of shares of our Class A common stock could depress the 
market price of our Class A common stock.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common 
stock in the public market could have a material adverse effect on the prevailing market price of our Class 
A common stock.

Based  on  the  number  of  shares  of  our  Class A  and  Class  B  common  stock  outstanding  as  of 
December 31, 2013, our outstanding capital stock consisted of 66,065,197 shares of our Class A common 
stock and 27,377,556 shares of our Class B common stock.  All shares of our Class A common stock sold in 
our IPO are freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares that are held 
or acquired by our affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act.

In the future, we may also issue our securities if we need to raise capital.  The number of new shares 
of our Class A common stock issued in connection with raising capital could constitute a material portion of 
the then-outstanding shares of our Class A common stock.

54

Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties 

As of December 31, 2013, our owned corporate headquarters in Audubon, Pennsylvania, comprised 
approximately 245,000 square feet.  Our headquarters houses our research, product development, education, 
administration, warehouse and shipping functions, as well as our in-house manufacturing facility.  Research, 
product development and education activities occupy approximately 50,000 square feet of our headquarters.  

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in a number of legal proceedings, suits and claims.  These matters are subject to 
many uncertainties, and the outcomes of these matters are not within our control and may not be known for 
prolonged periods of time.  In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other relief, including 
injunctions prohibiting us from engaging in certain activities, which, if granted, could require significant 
expenditures and/or result in lost revenues.  The material legal proceedings to which we are currently a party 
are described below.

N-Spine, Synthes and Depuy Synthes Litigation

In April 2010, N-Spine, Inc. and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District 
Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  N-Spine, the patent owner, and Synthes USA, a 
licensee of the subject patent, allege that we infringe one or more claims of the patent by making, using, 
offering for sale or selling our TRANSITION® stabilization system product.  N-Spine and Synthes USA seek 
injunctive relief and an unspecified amount in damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  This 
matter was stayed on July 14, 2011 pending the resolution of an inter partes reexamination on the asserted 
patent granted by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) in February 2011.  In December 2011, 
the examiner withdrew the original grounds of rejection of the asserted patent and we  appealed the examiner’s 
decision.  In January 2014, the USPTO ruled on the appeal finding certain claims rejected in view of the 
prior art and affirming certain other claims.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, 
nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the 
evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

In a related matter, on January 8, 2014, Depuy Synthes Products, LLC (“Depuy Synthes”) filed suit 
against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  Depuy Synthes 
alleges that we infringe one or more claims of the asserted patent by making, using, offering for sale or selling 
our TRANSITION® stabilization system product.  Depuy Synthes seeks injunctive relief and an unspecified 
amount in damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this litigation 
cannot  be  determined,  nor  can  we  estimate  a  range  of  potential  loss.    Therefore,  in  accordance  with 
authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to 
this litigation.

Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC Litigation

In July 2011, Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed 
suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  Synthes USA 
LLC, the patent owner, Synthes USA Products, LLC, a licensee to manufacture products of the subject patents, 
and Synthes USA Sales LLC, a licensee to sell products of the subject patents, allege that we infringe one 
or  more  claims  of  three  patents  by  making,  using,  offering  for  sale  or  selling  our  COALITION®, 
55

Table of Contents

INDEPENDENCE® and INTERCONTINENTAL® products.  As a result of the acquisition of Synthes, Inc. 
by Johnson & Johnson, a motion was filed to change the plaintiff in this matter to DePuy Synthes in February 
2013.  On June 14, 2013, the jury in this case returned a verdict, finding that prior versions of the three 
products we previously sold did infringe on DePuy Synthes’ patents and awarding monetary damages in the 
amount of $16.0 million.  The jury also upheld the validity of DePuy Synthes’ patents.  There was no finding 
of willful infringement by Globus.

We do not expect the verdict to impact our ability to conduct our business or to have any material 
impact on our future revenues.  As this lawsuit involved only three products that are no longer part of our 
product portfolio, this verdict is not expected to impair our ability to sell any of our future products.

We believe the facts and the law do not support the jury’s findings of infringement and patent validity 
and are seeking to overturn the verdict in post-trial motions with the District Court and, if necessary, we will 
continue to do so through the appeals process.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we accrued $19.5 million in damages and other litigation-
related costs related to this case, of which $1.3 million was included in provision for litigation loss (cost of 
goods sold, due to a write off of certain inventory which will not be sold due to the verdict) and $18.2 million 
was included in provision for litigation loss (operating expense).

L5 Litigation

In December 2009, we filed suit in the Court of Common Pleas of Montgomery County, Pennsylvania 
against our former exclusive independent distributor L5 Surgical, LLC and its principals, seeking an injunction 
and declaratory judgment concerning certain restrictive covenants made to L5 by its sales representatives.  
L5 brought counterclaims against us alleging tortious interference, unfair competition and conspiracy.  The 
injunction phase was resolved in September 2010, and this matter is now in the discovery phase of litigation 
on the underlying damages claims.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this 
litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with 
authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to 
this litigation.

NuVasive Infringement Litigation

In October 2010, NuVasive, Inc. filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of 
Delaware for patent infringement.  NuVasive, the patent owner, alleges that we infringe one or more claims 
of three patents by making, using, offering for sale or selling our MARS™ 3V retractor for use in certain 
lateral fusion procedures.  NuVasive seeks injunctive relief and an unspecified amount in damages.  The 
litigation  is  currently  in  the  dispositive  motions  phase.    We  intend  to  defend  our  rights  vigorously.  
Additionally, we sought inter partes reexaminations of the three patents asserted by NuVasive in the USPTO, 
which were granted in April 2012.  In August 2012, the examiner withdrew the original grounds of rejection 
of the patents asserted by NuVasive, and we are in the process of appealing the examiner’s decision.  The 
probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  
Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not 
recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

NuVasive Employee Litigation

We have hired several employees who were formerly employed by NuVasive, Inc.  In July 2011, 
NuVasive filed suit against us in the District Court of Travis County Texas alleging that our hiring of one 

56

Table of Contents

named  former  employee  and  other  unnamed  former  employees  constitutes  tortious  interference  with  its 
contracts with those employees, and with prospective business relationships, as well as aiding and abetting 
the breach of fiduciary duty.  NuVasive is seeking compensatory damages, permanent injunction, punitive 
damages and attorneys’ fees.  Trial is currently scheduled for May 2014.  We intend to defend our rights 
vigorously.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of 
potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, 
we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

Bianco Litigation

On March 21, 2012, Sabatino Bianco filed suit against us in the Federal District Court for the Eastern 
District  of  Texas  claiming  that  we  misappropriated  his  trade  secret  and  confidential  information  and 
improperly  utilized  it  in  developing  our  CALIBER®  product.    Bianco  alleges  that  we  engaged  in 
misappropriation of trade secrets, breach of contract, unfair competition, fraud and theft and seeks correction 
of inventorship, injunctive relief and exemplary damages.  On April 20, 2012, Bianco filed a motion for a 
preliminary injunction, seeking to enjoin us from making, using, selling, importing or offering for sale our 
CALIBER® product.  On November 15, 2012, the court denied Bianco’s motion for preliminary injunction.  
On  October  1,  2013,  Bianco  amended  his  complaint  to  include  that  his  trade  secrets  and  confidential 
information were also used improperly in developing our RISE® and CALIBER-L®products.  

On January 17, 2014, the jury in this case returned a verdict in favor of Bianco in the amount of $4.3 
million on a claim of misappropriation of trade secret.  The jury found against Bianco on the claims of breach 
of contract and disgorgement of profits.  The court granted our motion for judgment as a matter of law and 
dismissed Bianco’s claims for unfair competition, fraud, and exemplary damages, and Bianco abandoned 
the claim of misappropriation of confidential information.  Judgment has not yet been entered in this case.  
Bianco’s claims of correction of inventorship, unjust enrichment, and permanent injunctive relief were not 
submitted to the jury and will be decided by the court.  On March 7, 2014, the court denied Bianco’s claim 
for correction of inventorship and ruled he is not entitled to be named as a co-inventor on any of the patents 
at issue, and also denied his claim for unjust enrichment.  Bianco’s claim for permanent injunctive relief will 
be decided at a date yet to be determined.  Bianco’s claim for future damages, if any are permitted, will be 
determined by the court in a separate proceeding after judgment is entered.

We do not expect the verdict to impact our ability to conduct our business or to have any material 
impact  on  our  future  revenues.   We  believe  the  facts  and  the  law  do  not  support  the  jury’s  findings  of 
misappropriation of trade secret and will seek to overturn the verdict in post-trial motions with the District 
Court and, if necessary, through the appeals process.

Altus Partners, LLC Litigation

On February 20, 2013, Altus Partners, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the 
Eastern District of Pennsylvania for patent infringement.  Altus Partners, LLC alleges that we infringe one 
or more claims of U.S. Patent No. 8,162,989, which issued on April 24, 2012, by making, using, offering for 
sale or selling our REVERE®, TRANSITION® and REVOLVE® products.  Altus Partners seeks injunctive 
relief and an unspecified amount in damages.  This matter was stayed on March 4, 2014 pending the resolution 
of an inter partes review of the asserted patent which we filed on February 11, 2014 with the USPTO.  While 
we intend to defend our rights vigorously, the probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor 
can  we  estimate  a  range  of  potential  loss.   Therefore,  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  on  the 
evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

In addition, we are subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.  

57

Table of Contents

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

58

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 
Purchases of Equity Securities

Class A Common Stock Market Price

Our Class A common stock began trading on The New York Stock Exchange on August 3, 2012, 
under the symbol “GMED.”  Prior to that time, there was no public trading market for our Class A common 
stock.  The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share for our Class A common stock 
for the periods indicated, as reported by New York Stock Exchange:

Year Ended December 31, 2013:

1st Quarter

2nd Quarter

3rd Quarter

4th Quarter

Year Ended December 31, 2012:

3rd Quarter (beginning August 3, 2012)

4th Quarter

High

Low

15.15

17.37

18.20

20.25

10.55

13.79

16.22

16.93

High

Low

18.17

19.93

13.06

10.26

We  had  approximately  110  stockholders  of  record  as  of  February 28,  2014.   We  believe  that  the 
number of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of record holders because a large portion 
of our Class A common stock is held of record through brokerage firms in “street name.”

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Use of Proceeds

On August 2, 2012, our registration statement on Form S-1  (File No. 333-180426) was declared 
effective for our IPO, pursuant to which we registered the sale of 9,583,333 shares of Class A common stock 
at $12.00 per share, of which 2,083,333 shares were sold by us and 6,250,000 shares were sold by selling 
stockholders, plus 1,250,000 additional shares to cover the underwriters’ overallotment option, all of which 
were sold by selling stockholders.  On August 8, 2012, we closed the IPO and the exercise of the underwriters’ 
overallotment.  These sales were at the IPO price of $12.00 per share, for an aggregate gross offering price 
of  $25.0  million  for  the  shares  sold  by  our  company,  and  $90.0  million  for  the  shares  sold  by  selling 
stockholders.  We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of securities by selling stockholders.  

From the IPO effective date through December 31, 2013, we have used $16.8 million for an acquisition 
that  occurred  in  December  2013.   The  remainder  of  the  net  proceeds  have  been  invested  in  marketable 
securities.

There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our 

final prospectus filed with the SEC on August 3, 2012, pursuant to Rule 424(b).

59

Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock.  We currently intend to retain 
future earnings, if any, for development of our business and do not anticipate that we will declare or pay cash 
dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company's equity compensation 
plans as of December 31, 2013.  Each number of securities reflected in the table is a reference to shares of 
our Class A common stock.

Plan category

Equity compensation plans approved by security
holders

Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders

Total

Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(a)

4,885,610 (1)

—

4,885,610

Weighted-
average
exercise price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
(b)

10.04

—

Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column
(a))
(c)

4,453,236 (2)

—

4,453,236

(1) Consists of shares subject to outstanding options under our Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan, our 
2008 Stock Plan and our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.  No future issuances will be made from our 2003 
Stock Plan and 2008 Stock Plan.

(2) Consists of 4,453,236 shares available for future issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.  Under 
the terms of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock 
that may be subject to options and other awards is equal to the sum of (i) 3,076,923 shares of Class A 
common stock, (ii) any shares available for issuance under the 2008 Stock Plan as of March 13, 2012, 
(iii) any shares underlying any award outstanding under the 2008 Stock Plan as of March 13, 2012 that, 
on or after that date, is forfeited, terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, or is settled for cash without 
the  delivery  of  shares  and  (iv) starting  January 1,  2013,  an  annual  increase  in  the  number  of  shares 
available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan equal to up to 3% of the number of shares of our common 
and preferred stock outstanding at the end of the previous year, as determined by the Board of Directors.

Comparative Stock Performance Graph

The following graph illustrates a comparison of the total cumulative stockholder return on our Class 
A common stock from August 3, 2012 (which is the date our Class A common stock first began trading on 
The New York Stock Exchange) through December 31, 2013 to two indices: the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 
500 Health Care Equipment Index.  The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on August 3, 2012, in 
each of our Class A common stock, the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index, and the stocks comprising the 
S&P 500 Health Care Equipment Index, including reinvestment of dividends, if any.  Historical stockholder 
return is not necessarily indicative of the performance to be expected for any future periods.

60

Table of Contents

The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” 
with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing, except to the 
extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

Company/Index

Globus Medical, Inc.

S&P 500 Index

S&P 500 Health Care
Equipment

$

$

$

August 3,
2012

September 31,
2012

December 31,
2012

March 31,
2013

June 30,
2013

September 30,
2013

December 31,
2013

100

100

100

$

$

$

150

106

109

$

$

$

87

106

108

$

$

$

122

117

122

$

$

$

141

120

123

$

$

$

146

126

125

$

$

$

168

140

138

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The selected consolidated financial data set forth in the table below has been derived from our audited 
financial statements.  The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 8. Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data” below.

61

Table of Contents

Statement of Operations Data:

Year Ended December 31,

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

$

434,459

$

385,994

$

331,478

$

288,195

$

254,344

Sales

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Provision for litigation loss/
(income)

Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other income/(expense), net

Income before income taxes

Income tax provision

Net income

Less: Net income attributable to 

noncontrolling interest (1)

Net income attributable to Globus

Medical, Inc.

Net income per common share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average number of common

$

$

$

shares:

Basic

Diluted

100,343

334,116

26,870

182,518

23,055

232,443

101,673

328

102,001

33,389

68,612

—

68,612

0.74

0.73

92,647

94,192

$

$

$

75,199

310,795

27,926

168,862

(786)
196,002

114,793
(140)
114,653

40,822

73,831

—

73,831

0.82

0.80

89,608

92,208

$

$

$

68,796

262,682

23,464

140,386

1,470

165,320

97,362
(413)
96,949

36,165

60,784

—

60,784

0.69

0.67

88,112

90,420

$

$

$

53,825

234,370

21,309

122,589

2,787

146,685

87,685

54

87,739

33,281

54,458

—

54,458

0.61

0.60

88,925

91,352

$

$

$

41,607

212,737

20,521

108,422

1,889

130,832

81,905
(127)
81,778

29,745

52,033

3,300

48,733

0.55

0.54

88,197

91,045

Balance Sheet Data:

(In thousands)

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable

securities

Working capital

Total assets

Debt, net of current portion

Business acquisition liabilities, including 
current portion (2)

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

As of December 31,

275,452

348,866

566,304

—

212,400

320,602

447,133

—

142,668

229,504

329,390

—

17,258

11,344

10,289

111,701

187,245

266,575

—

—

50,950

122,127

196,772

5,234

—

Stockholders’ equity

$

472,360

$

386,502

$

282,476

$

228,195

$

167,745

(1)  Through December 29, 2009, we consolidated a variable interest entity (“VIE “) that manufactures certain products for us.  
This resulted in net income attributable to noncontrolling interest or a reduction of net income attributable to us of $3.3 
million in 2009.  Effective December 29, 2009, a third-party investor contributed capital to the VIE, which resulted in us 
being no longer considered the primary beneficiary.  As a result, we deconsolidated the entity as of December 29, 2009.

(2) 

In connection with acquisitions completed in 2013, 2012 and 2011, we have certain contingent consideration obligations 
payable to the sellers in these transactions upon the achievement of certain regulatory and sales milestones.  The aggregate 
undiscounted amounts potentially payable not included in the table above were $23.9 million, $9.9 million and $7.2 million 
as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

62

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be 
read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual 
Report.  This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties 
and assumptions.  You should review the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking 
Statements” sections of this Annual Report for a discussion of certain of the important factors that could 
cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  results  described  in  or  implied by  the  forward-looking 
statements described in the following discussion and analysis.  Certain amounts and percentages in this 
discussion and analysis have been rounded for convenience of presentation.  

Overview

We  are  a  medical  device  company  focused  exclusively  on  the  design,  development  and 
commercialization of musculoskeletal implants.  We are currently focused on implants that promote healing 
in patients with spine disorders.  We are an engineering-driven company with a history of rapidly developing 
and  commercializing  advanced  products  and  procedures  that  assist  surgeons  in  effectively  treating  their 
patients, respond to evolving surgeon needs and address new treatment options.  Since our inception in 2003, 
we  have  launched  over  120  products  and  offer  a  comprehensive  product  portfolio  of  innovative  and 
differentiated products addressing a broad array of spinal pathologies, anatomies and surgical approaches.

We sell implants and related disposables to our customers, primarily hospitals, for use by surgeons 
to treat spine disorders.  All of our products fall into one of two categories: Innovative Fusion or Disruptive 
Technologies.  Spinal fusion is a surgical procedure to correct problems with the individual vertebrae, the 
interlocking bones making up the spine, by preventing movement of the affected bones.  Our Innovative 
Fusion products are used in cervical, thoracolumbar, sacral, and interbody/corpectomy fusion procedures to 
treat degenerative, deformity, tumor, and trauma conditions.

We define Disruptive Technologies as those that represent a significant shift in the treatment of spine 
disorders  by  allowing  for  novel  surgical  procedures,  improvements  to  existing  surgical  procedures,  the 
treatment of spine disorders by new physician specialties, and surgical intervention earlier in the continuum 
of care.  Our current portfolio of approved and pipeline products includes a variety of Disruptive Technology 
products, which we believe offer material improvements to fusion procedures, such as minimally invasive 
surgical techniques, as well as new treatment alternatives including motion preservation technologies, such 
as dynamic stabilization, total disc replacement and interspinous process spacer products, and advanced 
biomaterials technologies, as well as interventional pain management solutions, including treatments for 
vertebral compression fractures.

To date, the primary market for our products has been the United States, where we sell our products 
through a combination of direct sales representatives employed by us and distributor sales representatives 
employed  by  our  exclusive  independent  distributors,  who  distribute  our  products  on  our  behalf  for  a 
commission that is generally based on a percentage of sales.  We believe there is significant opportunity to 
strengthen our position in the U.S. market by increasing the size of our U.S. sales force and we intend to add 
additional direct and distributor sales representatives by the end of 2014.  

During the year ended December 31, 2013, our international sales accounted for approximately 8.7% 
of our total sales.  We sell our products through a combination of direct sales representatives employed by 
us and international distributors.  We believe there are significant opportunities for us to increase our presence 
in both existing and new international markets through the expansion of our direct and distributor sales forces 
and the commercialization of additional products.

63

Table of Contents

Components of our Results of Operations

We manage our business globally within one reportable segment, which is consistent with how our 
management reviews our business, makes investment and resource allocation decisions and assesses operating 
performance.  

Sales

We sell implants and related disposables, primarily to hospitals, for use by spine surgeons to treat 
spine disorders.  We generally consign our surgical sets, which contain our implants, disposables, surgical 
instruments and cases to our sales representatives, and the sets are maintained with the sales representatives 
or at our hospital customers that purchase the implants and related disposables used in the surgeries.  We 
recognize revenue when we are notified that consigned implants and related disposables have been implanted 
or used or, for sets that are sold directly and not consigned, when title to the goods and risk of loss are 
transferred  to  customers  with  no  remaining  performance  obligations  which  affect  the  customer’s  final 
acceptance of the sale.  We expect to expand our U.S. and international sales forces, which will provide us 
with significant opportunity to continue to increase our penetration in existing markets and to enter new 
international markets.  We also expect to increase sales by commercializing new products, but expect the 
increase of sales from new products to be partially offset by decreased sales of earlier-generation products.

We  classify  our  products  into  two  categories:  Innovative  Fusion  and  Disruptive  Technologies.  
Disruptive Technologies are those that represent a significant shift in the treatment of spine disorders, by 
allowing for novel surgical procedures, improvements to existing surgical procedures, the treatment of spine 
disorders by new physician specialties, and surgical intervention earlier in the continuum of care.  As a result, 
we anticipate Disruptive Technology products to continue to drive our sales growth in the future.

Cost of Goods Sold

Our products are generally manufactured by third-party suppliers.  Substantially all of our suppliers 
manufacture our products in the United States.  Our cost of goods sold consists primarily of costs of products 
purchased from our third-party suppliers, excess and obsolete inventory charges, depreciation of surgical 
instruments  and  cases,  royalties,  shipping,  inspection  and  related  costs  incurred  in  making  our  products 
available for sale or use.  In 2013, our cost of goods sold increased due primarily to increased sales volume 
and as a result of a medical device excise tax (“MDET”) of up to 2.3% on the sale of certain medical devices 
in the United States, as well as a $1.3 million provision for litigation loss related to an unfavorable jury 
verdict.  

Research and Development Expenses

Our  research  and  development  expenses  primarily  consist  of  engineering,  product  development, 
clinical  and  regulatory  expenses,  consulting  services,  outside  prototyping  services,  internal  and  external 
research activities, materials, depreciation, and other costs associated with development of our products.  
Research and development expenses also include related personnel and consultants’ compensation and stock-
based compensation expense.  We expense research and development costs as they are incurred.

We expect to incur additional research and development costs as we continue to develop new products.  

These costs will increase in absolute terms as we continue to expand our product pipeline and add personnel.

64

Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and other related 
costs,  including  stock-based  compensation  for  personnel  employed  in  sales,  marketing,  finance,  legal, 
compliance,  administrative,  information  technology,  medical  education  and  training,  quality  and  human 
resource departments.  Our selling, general and administrative expenses also include commissions, generally 
based on a percentage of sales, to direct sales representatives and distributors.  We expect our selling, general 
and administrative expenses will increase in absolute terms with the continued expansion of our sales force 
and commercialization of our current and pipeline products.  We plan to hire more personnel to support the 
growth of our business.  

Provision for Litigation Loss/(Income)

We record a provision for litigation settlements when a loss is known or considered probable and the 

amount can be reasonably estimated.

Income Tax Provision

We are taxed at the rates applicable within each jurisdiction.  The composite income tax rate, tax 
provisions, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities will vary according to the jurisdiction in which 
profits arise.  Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by management and the respective 
governmental taxing authorities, and require us to exercise judgment in determining our income tax provision, 
our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in 
which those tax assets are expected to be realized.  A valuation allowance is established when it is more 
likely than not that the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make assumptions, estimates 
and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets 
and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of sales and 
expenses during the reporting periods.  Certain of our more critical accounting policies require the application 
of significant judgment by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial 
estimates.  By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty.  On an ongoing 
basis, we evaluate our judgments, including but not limited to those related to inventories, recoverability of 
long-lived assets and the fair value of our common stock.  We use historical experience and other assumptions 
as the basis for our judgments and making these estimates.  Because future events and their effects cannot 
be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.  Any changes in 
those estimates will be reflected in our consolidated financial statements as they occur.  As an “emerging 
growth company,” we had elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards until those 
standards would otherwise apply to private companies.  As a result, our financial statements may not be 
comparable to those of other public companies.  While our significant accounting policies are more fully 
described in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements; Note 1. Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” below in this Annual 
Report, we believe that the following accounting policies and estimates are most critical to a full understanding 
and evaluation of our reported financial results.  The critical accounting policies addressed below reflect our 
most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  
We have reviewed these critical accounting policies with the audit committee of our Board.

65

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition.  We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 
product delivery has occurred, pricing is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.  We 
generate a significant portion of our revenue from consigned inventory maintained at hospitals or with sales 
representatives.  For these products, we recognize revenue at the time we are notified the product has been 
used or implanted.  For all other transactions, we recognize revenue when title to the goods and risk of loss 
transfer to customers, provided there are no remaining performance obligations that will affect the customer’s 
final acceptance of the sale.  Our policy is to classify shipping and handling costs billed to customers as sales 
and the related expenses as cost of goods sold.  In general, our customers do not have any rights of return or 
exchange. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  The majority of our accounts receivable 
is composed of amounts due from hospitals.  Accounts receivable is carried at cost less an allowance for 
doubtful accounts.  On a regular basis, we evaluate accounts receivable and estimate an allowance for doubtful 
accounts, as needed, based on various factors such as customers’ current credit conditions, length of time 
past due, and the general economy as a whole.  Receivables are written off against the allowance when they 
are deemed uncollectible.

Excess and Obsolete Inventory.  We state inventories at the lower of cost or market.  We determine 
cost on a first-in, first-out basis.  The majority of our inventory is finished goods, because we primarily utilize 
third-party suppliers to source our products.  We periodically evaluate the carrying value of our inventories 
in relation to the estimated forecast of product demand, which takes into consideration the estimated life 
cycle of product releases.  When quantities on hand exceed estimated sales forecasts, we record a reserve 
for excess inventories, which results in a corresponding charge to cost of goods sold.  Charges incurred for 
excess  and  obsolete  inventory  were  $8.2  million,  $6.1  million  and  $10.5  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The need to maintain substantial levels of inventory impacts the risk of carrying excess inventory.  
Many of our products come in sets which feature components in a variety of sizes so that the implant or 
device may be customized to the patient’s needs.  In order to market our products effectively, we must often 
maintain and provide surgeons and hospitals with consignment implant sets, back-up products and products 
of different sizes.  For each surgery, fewer than all of the components of the set are used, and therefore certain 
portions of the set may be considered excess inventory since they are not likely to be used.  One of our 
primary business goals is to focus on continual product innovation.  Though we believe this provides us with 
a competitive advantage, it also increases the risk that our products will become excess or obsolete inventory 
prior to sale or prior to the end of their anticipated useful lives.  When we introduce new products or next-
generation  products,  we  may  be  required  to  take  charges  for  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  that  have  a 
significant impact on the value of our inventory or on our operating results.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.  Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair values 
of the identifiable assets acquired less the liabilities assumed.  We acquired goodwill in connection with the 
acquisitions completed in 2013, 2012 and 2011.  Goodwill is tested for impairment at a minimum on an 
annual basis.  The fair value is estimated using an income and discounted cash flow approach.  We completed 
our annual goodwill and intangible assets impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2013 and determined that 
there was no impairment.

Intangible  assets  consist  of  purchased  in-process  research  and  development  (“IPR&D”),  patents, 
customer relationships and non-compete agreements.  Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized 
over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method and estimated useful lives ranging from 
one to ten years.  Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances 
indicate that a carrying amount of an asset (asset group) may not be recoverable.  If impairment is indicated, 
66

Table of Contents

we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair 
value of the asset.  Fair value is generally determined using a discounted future cash flow analysis.

IPR&D has an indefinite life and is not amortized until completion and development of the project 
at which time the IPR&D becomes an amortizable asset.  If the related project is not completed in a timely 
manner, we may have an impairment related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying 
value over its fair value.

Long-Lived Assets.  We periodically evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of long-lived 
assets, which include property and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable.  We assess impairment when the undiscounted 
future  cash  flows  from  the  use  and  eventual  disposition  of  an  asset  are  less  than  its  carrying  value.    If 
impairment is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying 
amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.  We base our fair value methodology on quoted market prices, if 
available.  If quoted market prices are not available, we estimate fair value based on prices of similar assets 
or other valuation techniques including present value techniques.

Income  Taxes.    We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences 
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities 
and their respective tax bases.  We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected 
to apply to taxable income in the year in which such items are expected to be received or settled.  We recognize 
the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates in the period that includes the enactment 
date.  We establish a valuation allowance to offset any deferred tax assets if, based upon available evidence, 
it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

While we believe that our tax positions are fully supportable, there is a risk that certain positions 
could be challenged successfully.  In these instances, we look to establish reserves.  If we determine that a 
tax position is more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, based solely on the technical merits of the 
position, we recognize the benefit.  We measure the benefit by determining the amount that has likelihood 
greater than 50% of being realized upon settlement.  We presume that all tax positions will be examined by 
a taxing authority with full knowledge of all relevant information.  We regularly monitor our tax positions, 
tax assets and tax liabilities.  We reevaluate the technical merits of our tax positions and recognize an uncertain 
tax benefit or reverse a previously recorded tax benefit when (i) a tax audit is completed, (ii) applicable tax 
law, including a tax case or legislative guidance, changes or (iii) the statute of limitations expires.  Significant 
judgment is required in accounting for tax reserves.

Legal Proceedings.  We are involved in a number of legal actions involving both product liability 
and intellectual property disputes.  The outcomes of these legal actions are not within our complete control 
and may not be known for prolonged periods of time.  In some actions, the claimants seek damages as well 
as other relief, including injunctions barring the sale of products that are the subject of the lawsuit, that could 
require significant expenditures or result in lost sales.  In accordance with authoritative guidance, we record 
a liability in our consolidated financial statements for these actions when a loss is known or considered 
probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable 
loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of 
the range is accrued.  If a loss is possible, but not known or probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the 
estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.  In most 
cases, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded.  While it 
is not possible to predict the outcome for these matters, we believe it is possible that costs associated with 
them could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

67

Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation Expense.  We measure the cost for employee and non-employee awards 
at the grant date based on the fair value of the award.  For employee awards, we amortize the expense, which 
is the fair value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, over the requisite service 
periods (generally the vesting period of the equity award).  We record the awards issued to non-employees 
at their fair value as determined in accordance with authoritative guidance, and we periodically revalue the 
awards as they vest, recognizing the expense over the requisite service period.  We estimate the fair value of 
stock options using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  Our determination of the fair value is affected 
by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest 
rate and expected dividends.

As we have only recently become a public entity, historic volatility is not available for our common 
stock.  As a result, we estimate volatility based on a peer group of public companies that we believe collectively 
provides a reasonable basis for estimating volatility.  We intend to continue to consistently use the same 
group of publicly traded peer companies to determine volatility in the future until sufficient information 
regarding volatility of the price of our shares of Class A common stock becomes available or the selected 
companies are no longer suitable for this purpose.

We do not have sufficient history of stock option exercises as a public company available that is 
indicative of future exercise and post-vesting behavior to estimate the expected term after our initial public 
offering (“IPO”).  As a result, we use the simplified method of estimating the expected term, under which 
the expected term is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual end of the 
term.  We base the risk-free interest rate on observed interest rates of U.S. Treasury securities equivalent to 
the expected terms of the stock options.  We estimate our pre-vesting forfeiture rate based on our historical 
experience.  Our dividend yield assumption is based on the history and expectation of no dividend payouts.

We estimate the weighted-average fair value of the options granted using a Black-Scholes option-
pricing  model,  which  requires  the  input  of  subjective  assumptions,  including  the  expected  stock  price 
volatility, the calculation of expected term and fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of 
grant, among other inputs. 

To the extent that further evidence regarding these variables is available and provides estimates that 
we believe are more indicative of actual trends, we may refine or change our approach to deriving these input 
estimates.  Any such changes could materially affect the stock-based compensation expense we record in the 
future.

We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our actual 

stock-based compensation expense recognized may increase.

Significant Factors Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Common Stock.  Prior to our IPO, our 
Board, with the assistance of management, used the market approach and the income approach in order to 
estimate the fair value of common stock underlying our option grants during those periods.  Prior to our IPO, 
there had been no public market for our common stock.  Our Board had determined the fair value of our 
common  stock  by  utilizing,  among  other  things,  independent  third-party  valuation  studies  conducted 
following our equity financing in 2007 and biannually as of April 30 and October 31 until October of 2011.  
The  findings  of  these  valuations  were  based  on  our  business  and  general  economic,  market  and  other 
conditions that could be reasonably evaluated at that time.  The analyses of the valuation studies included a 
review of our company, including our financial results and capital structure, as well as an independent third-
party review of the conditions of the industry in which we operate and the markets that we serve.  The 
methodologies and assumptions used were consistent with those set forth in the American Institute of Certified 
Public Accountants (the “AICPA”), in the AICPA Technical Practice Guide, Valuations of Privately-Held 

68

Table of Contents

Company  Equity  Securities  Issued  as  Compensation.    For  further  details  regarding  the  valuation  of  our 
common stock prior to the IPO, please refer to our prospectus filed on August 3, 2012.

Results of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012 

Sales 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our sales by product category and geography 
expressed  as  dollar  amounts  and  the  changes  in  sales  between  the  specified  periods  expressed  in  dollar 
amounts and as percentages:  

(In thousands, except percentages)

Innovative Fusion

Disruptive Technology

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

%

$

$

254,033

180,426

434,459

$

$

238,723

147,271

385,994

$

$

15,310

33,155

48,465

6.4%

22.5%

12.6%

Product  launches  continue  to  be  a  driving  force  in  our  sales  growth,  particularly  from  products 
launched during the last three years.  The growth in Disruptive Technology of $33.2 million was due primarily 
to sales of minimally invasive, biologic, artificial disc and interventional pain management products launched 
during the past three years.  Innovative Fusion sales increased by  $15.3 million due to strong sales of legacy 
and new pedicle screw systems.

(In thousands, except percentages)

United States

International

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

%

$

$

396,615

37,844

434,459

$

$

355,609

30,385

385,994

$

$

41,006

7,459

48,465

11.5%

24.5%

12.6%

In the United States, the increase in sales of $41.0 million was due primarily to increased sales of 

Disruptive Technology products and increased productivity from sales representatives.

Internationally, the increase in sales of $7.5 million was due primarily to increased sales of Innovative 
Fusion products including pedicle screw and interbody systems, increased market penetration in existing 
country territories, as well as sales from expansion into new countries and territories. 

Cost of Goods Sold 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Cost of goods sold

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

%

$

100,343

$

75,199

$

25,144

33.4%

23.1%

19.5%

The increase in cost of goods sold was due to increased sales volume (an increase in cost of sales of  
$8.6 million), the Medical Device Excise Tax ($7.2 million), increases in inventory reserves and write-offs 

69

Table of Contents

due to new product launches of $4.1 million and an increase in depreciation of surgical instruments and cases, 
distribution and other costs of approximately $3.9 million .  Additionally, a $1.3 million provision for litigation 
loss was recorded as a component of cost of sales related to the unfavorable jury verdict in one of our pending 
lawsuits (see Provision for Litigation Loss/(Income) below).

Research and Development Expenses 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Research and development

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

%

$

26,870

$

27,926

$

(1,056)

(3.8)%

6.2%

7.2%

The decrease in research and development expenses was due to a decrease of $1.7 million in supplies, 
outside services and other costs, offset by an increase of $0.4 million in employee compensation due primarily 
to increased headcount and an increase of $0.2 million in clinical trial and other costs. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Selling, general and administrative

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

%

$

182,518

$

168,862

$

13,656

8.1%

42.0%

43.7%

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase of $9.5 
million in compensation costs in the United States.  This was to support increased sales volume and company 
growth, including hiring additional sales representatives, and general administrative personnel.  Additionally, 
the costs to support international sales growth and expansion into new international territories increased by 
$2.2 million; and there was an increase of $2.0 million of other selling, general and administrative costs.

Provision for Litigation Loss/(Income) 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

%

Provision for litigation loss/(income)

$

23,055

$

(786 )

$

23,841

(3,033.2)%

Percentage of sales

5.3%

(0.2)%

The increase in provision for litigation loss was due primarily to unfavorable jury verdicts in two 
lawsuits.  On June 14, 2013, the jury returned a verdict in a patent infringement case in the U.S. District 
Court in Delaware brought by DePuy Synthes against us.  The jury found that prior versions of three products 
we previously sold did infringe on DePuty Synthes’ patents and awarded monetary damages.  The jury also 
upheld the validity of DePuy Synthes’ patents.  There was no finding of willful infringement.  As a result of 
the verdict, we recorded $18.2 million in damages and other litigation-related costs in addition to the $1.3 
million recorded as a component of cost of goods sold noted above.  

Additionally, on January 17, 2014, the jury returned a verdict in a misappropriation of trade secret 
suit filed against us in the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Texas by Sabatino Bianco.  The 
jury found in favor of Bianco on a claim of misappropriation of trade secret.  The jury found against Bianco 

70

Table of Contents

on the claims of breach of contract and disgorgement of profits.  As a result of the verdict, we recorded $4.3 
million in damages.

The provision for litigation income in the prior year was due to the favorable settlement of a lawsuit . 
(see  “Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data;  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements; Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies” below for more information).

Other Income/(Expense), Net

(In thousands, except percentages)

Other income/(expense), net

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

$

328
0.1%

$

(140 )
—%

$

%

468

(334.3)%

The change in other income/(expense), net is attributable to gains recorded as a result of insurance 
claims, interest and other income, net of the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on payables and 
receivables held in currencies other than their functional (local) currency.  

Income Tax Provision 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Income tax provision

Effective income tax rate

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

%

$

33,389

$

40,822

$

(7,433)

(18.2)%

32.7%

35.6%

The decrease in the effective tax rate was due primarily to the increase in the domestic production 
activities deduction and the timing of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “ATRA”).  Under prior 
law, a taxpayer was entitled to a research and experimentation tax credit for qualifying amounts incurred 
through December 31, 2011.  The ATRA, which was signed into law on January 2, 2013, extended the research 
and experimentation tax credit from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013.  However, as of December 
31, 2012, no benefit could be recognized for this tax credit, and therefore, we recognized the credit during 
2013 in accordance with accounting guidance. 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011 

Sales

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our sales by product category and geography 
expressed  as  dollar  amounts  and  the  changes  in  sales  between  the  specified  periods  expressed  in  dollar 
amounts and as percentages:

(In thousands, except percentages)

Innovative Fusion

Disruptive Technology

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

$

238,723

147,271

385,994

$

$

224,356

107,122

331,478

$

$

14,367

40,149

54,516

6.4%

37.5%

16.4%

71

Table of Contents

In  2012,  we  launched  14  new  products,  in  addition  to  several  other  product  line  extensions, 
improvements, and enhancements.  The increase in total sales was attributable primarily to an increase in 
sales  of  our  Disruptive  Technology  products,  led  by  recent  product  launches.    Innovative  Fusion  sales 
increased due to strong sales of pedicle screw and interbody systems.  Each of these systems increased in 
international markets.  

(In thousands, except percentages)

United States

International

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

$

355,609

30,385

385,994

$

$

311,024

20,454

331,478

$

$

44,585

9,931

54,516

14.3%

48.6%

16.4%

Sales growth in the United States was due primarily to increased sales of our Disruptive Technology 
products and increased market penetration in new and existing sales territories.  We believe there is significant 
opportunity to strengthen our position in existing markets and in new sales territories by increasing the size 
of our U.S. sales force. 

The increase in international sales was attributable to increased market penetration in both new and 
existing sales territories.  We increased our international presence by selling in countries in the year ended 
December 31, 2012 in which we had no sales in the year ended December 31, 2011.  We believe there is 
significant opportunity for us to expand our international presence through increased market penetration in 
existing territories, expansion into new territories, expansion of our direct and distributor sales force and the 
commercialization of additional products. 

Cost of Goods Sold 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Cost of goods sold

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

75,199

$

68,796

$

6,403

9.3%

19.5%

20.8%

The increase in cost of goods sold was due to the $7.7 million impact from increased sales volume 
and a $3.6 million increase in depreciation of surgical instruments and cases, distribution and other costs, 
partially offset by a $4.8 million reduction in inventory write-off expense. 

Research and Development Expenses 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Research and development

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

27,926

$

23,464

$

4,462

19.0%

7.2%

7.1%

The increase in research and development expenses was  due to an increase of  $2.0 million in employee 
compensation including taxes, benefits and stock compensation due primarily to increased headcount and 
an increase of $2.8 million in supplies, outside services and other costs, offset by a decrease of $0.4 million 
in clinical trial and other costs. 

72

Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Selling, general and administrative

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

168,862

$

140,386

$

28,476

20.3%

43.7%

42.4%

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase of $20.1 
million in compensation costs in the United States.  This was to support increased sales volume and company 
growth, including hiring of additional sales representatives, and general administrative personnel.  The costs 
to  support  international  sales  growth  and  expansion  into  new  international  territories  increased  by  $4.5 
million; and there was an increase of $3.8 million of other selling, general and administrative costs.

Provision for Litigation Loss/(Income)

(In thousands, except percentages)

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

Provision for litigation loss/(income)

$

(786 )

$

1,470

$

(2,256)

(153.5)%

Percentage of sales

(0.2)%

0.4%

The decrease in provision for litigation loss was due primarily to the favorable settlement of a lawsuit 
during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the $1.0 million FDA settlement that was accrued during the 
fourth  quarter  of  2011  (see  “Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data;  Notes  to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements;  Note  14.  Commitments  and  Contingencies”  below  for  more 
information).

Other Income/(Expense), Net

(In thousands, except percentages)

Other income/(expense), net

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

$

(140 )
—%

(413 )

$

(0.1)%

$

%

273

(66.1)%

The change in other income/(expense), net is attributable primarily to the effect of changes in foreign 
exchange rates on payables and receivables held in currencies other than their functional (local) currency.  

Income Tax Provision 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Income tax provision
Effective income tax rate

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

40,822

$

36,165

$

4,657

12.9%

35.6%

37.3%

The increase was due primarily to a $17.7 million increase in taxable income as a result of increased 
operating profits.  The effective rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was favorably affected by the 
impact of the corporate manufacturing deduction and the reversal of valuation allowances associated with 

73

Table of Contents

certain international jurisdictions, offset by the unfavorable impacts of a research and experimentation credit 
that was in effect in the prior year that Congress did not extend during 2012.  Additionally, the effective tax 
rate  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2011  was  favorably  affected  by  the  reversal  of  a  $0.9  million  tax 
provision  related  to  a  FIN  48  reserve  resulting  from  the  completion  of  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service 
examinations with respect to the 2005 through 2008 tax years.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted in the United 
States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), management uses certain non-GAAP financial measures.  For example, 
Adjusted  EBITDA,  which  represents  net  income  before  interest  (income)/expense,  net  and  other  non-
operating expenses, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, 
changes in the fair value of contingent consideration in connection with business acquisitions, provision for 
litigation loss/(income), and provision for litigation loss (cost of goods sold), is useful as an additional measure 
of operating performance, and particularly as a measure of comparative operating performance from period 
to period, as it is reflective of changes in pricing decisions, cost controls and other factors that affect operating 
performance,  and  it  removes  the  effect  of  our  capital  structure  (primarily  interest  expense),  asset  base 
(primarily depreciation and amortization),  income taxes and interest income and expense.  Our management 
also uses Adjusted EBITDA for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget 
and financial projections.  

The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:

(In thousands, except percentages)

Net income
Interest (income)/expense, net
Provision for income taxes
Depreciation and amortization
EBITDA
Stock-based compensation
Provision for litigation loss/(income)
Provision for litigation loss - cost of good sold
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales

December 31,
2013
68,612
(467 )
33,389
19,397
120,931
5,177
23,055
1,260
120
150,543

$

$

$

$

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

73,831
(80 )
40,822
18,108
132,681
4,635
(786 )
—
119
136,649

$

$

60,784
33
36,165
16,949
113,931
3,286
1,470
—
(79)
118,608

34.7%

35.4%

35.8%  

The Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 was unfavorably affected by 1.6% due 
to the impact of the MDET that went into effect on January 1, 2013.  The impact of MDET was partially 
offset by operating efficiencies with respect to selling, general & administrative expenses, as well as lower 
research and development costs.

In  addition,  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2013  and  for  other  comparative  periods,  we  are 
presenting  a non-GAAP measure of Diluted Earnings Per Share, which represents diluted earnings per share 
before provision for litigation loss/(income) and provision for litigation loss (cost of goods sold), net of the 
tax effects of such provisions.  We believe this non-GAAP measure is also a useful indicator of our operating 
performance, and particularly as an additional measure of comparative operative performance from period 
to period as it removes the effects of litigations and specifically the litigations brought against us by DePuy 
Synthes Products, LLC and Sabatino Bianco, in which jury verdicts were returned in June 2013 and January 

74

Table of Contents

2014, respectively, which we believe are not reflective of underlying business trends, the effect of which was 
a reduction of net income of a combined approximate $15.8 million, net of tax.

The following is a reconciliation of non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share to Diluted Earnings Per 

Share as computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the periods presented.

(Per share amounts)

Diluted earnings per share, as reported
Provision for litigation loss/(income), net of taxes
Provision for litigation loss - cost of goods sold, net of taxes
Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share

December 31,
2013

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

$

0.73 $
0.16
0.01
0.90 $

0.80 $
(0.01 )
—
0.79 $

0.67
0.01
—
0.68

We also define Free Cash Flow as the net cash flows provided by operating activities, less the cash 
impact of purchases of property and equipment.  We believe that this financial measure provides meaningful 
information for evaluating our overall financial performance for the comparative periods as it facilitates an 
assessment of funds available to satisfy current and future obligations and fund acquisitions.  Below is a 
reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to net cash provided by operating activities as computed in accordance with 
U.S. GAAP.

(Per share amounts)

Net cash provided by operating activities
Purchases of property and equipment
Free cash flow

December 31,
2013

$

$

93,471 $
(23,680 )
69,791 $

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

76,519 $
(24,684 )
51,835 $

76,410
(22,487 )
53,923

Adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share and Free Cash Flow are not calculated 
in conformity with U.S. GAAP within the meaning of Item 10 of Regulation S-K.  Non-GAAP financial 
measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for 
financial measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  These measures do not include certain expenses 
that may be necessary to evaluate our liquidity or operating results.  Our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA, 
non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share and Free Cash Flow may differ from that of other companies and 
therefore may not be comparable.

Cash Flows 

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, cash flows from operating, investing and 

financing activities: 

(In thousands)

Year Ended

2013 - 2012
Change

2012 - 2011
Change

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

$

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

93,471 $

76,519 $

76,410 $

16,952 $

Net cash used in investing activities

(227,150 )

(30,715 )

(29,987 )

(196,435 )

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

11,011

230

$ (122,438 ) $

24,025

(14,734 )

(13,014 )

(97 )
69,732 $

(722 )

327

30,967 $ (192,170 ) $

109

(728 )

38,759

625
38,765

75

 
Table of Contents

The decrease in cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2013 was the result of a 
change in our cash management program to invest in more marketable securities in an effort to increase the 
returns on our cash and cash equivalents.  As a result, cash used in investing activities increased compared 
to the prior year period due to our $186.7 million purchase of marketable securities, net of maturities and 
sales.    Our  investment  in  marketable  securities  includes  municipal  bonds,  corporate  debt  securities, 
commercial paper and asset-backed securities, and are classified as available-for-sale as of December 31, 
2013.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, our total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities 
increased $63.1 million.  See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

The increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 
due primarily to an increase in net income excluding accrued expenses from the DePuy Synthes and Bianco 
litigation verdicts of $10.5 million, a decrease in income tax payments over the prior year period of $6.2 
million, a decrease in the change in inventories of $3.9 million and by a decrease in prepaid expense and 
other expenses of $1.0 million, offset by a decrease in the change in accounts payable and accounts payable 
to related party of $2.5 million, and an increase in the change in accounts receivable of $2.7 million.

The increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 
attributable primarily to a $13.0 million increase in net income, partially offset by a net  $12.4 million increase 
in the change in income taxes and deferred income taxes.  Additionally, there was cash provided by a  $6.5 
million increase in the change in accounts payable and accounts payable to related party and a $2.5 million 
increase in the change in accrued expenses and other liabilities.  These were partially offset by a  $5.3 million 
increase in the change in inventories (primarily to support new and pending product launches as well as to 
support existing product sales) and a $2.2 million increase in the change in accounts receivable (due primarily 
to increased sales volume).

Cash Used in Investing Activities 

The  increase  in  net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2013  was 
attributable to $186.7 million of cash invested in marketable securities, net of maturities and sales, the increase 
in cash used for acquisitions of $10.7 million, partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in the purchases of 
property and equipment over the prior year. 

The  increase  in  net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2012  was 
attributable to an increase of $2.2 million in purchases of property and equipment in the current year compared 
to the prior year period, partially offset by lower spending on acquisitions of $1.5 million in the current year 
compared to 2011. 

Cash Provided by/(Used in) Financing Activities 

The cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was due primarily 
to the net proceeds of $7.6 million received from the issuance of common stock from the exercise of stock 
options along with the $4.8 million increase in our excess tax benefit related to our nonqualified stock option 
exercises.

The increase in cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 
attributable primarily to $21.0 million net cash proceeds from our IPO, and the increase in our excess tax 
benefit related to nonqualified stock option exercises of $2.6 million.  The cash used in financing activities 

76

Table of Contents

for the year ended December 31, 2011 was attributable primarily to $10.0 million paid to repurchase common 
stock in 2011 and $5.3 million for the repayment of our long term debt in 2011. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

The following table highlights certain information related to our liquidity and capital resources:

(In thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term marketable securities

Long-term marketable securities

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

Available borrowing capacity under revolving credit facility

Working capital

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

89,962 $

212,400

148,962

36,528

—

—

275,452

$

212,400

50,000

348,866 $

50,000

320,602

$

$

$

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we changed our cash management program to invest in 
more marketable securities in an effort to increase the returns on our cash and cash equivalents.  As a result, 
cash used in investing activities increased compared to the prior year period due to our $186.7 million purchase 
of  marketable  securities,  net  of  maturities  and  sales.    Our  investment  in  marketable  securities  includes 
municipal bonds, corporate debt securities, commercial paper and asset-backed securities, and are classified 
as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2013.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, our total cash, 
cash equivalents and marketable securities increased $63.1 million.

In May 2011, and as amended in March 2012 and May 2013, we entered into a credit agreement with 
Wells Fargo Bank related to a revolving credit facility that provides for borrowings up to $50.0 million.  At 
our request, and with the approval of the bank, the amount of borrowings available under the revolving credit 
facility can be increased to $75.0 million.  The revolving credit facility includes up to a $25.0 million sub-
limit for letters of credit.  The revolving credit facility term has been extended to May 2015.  Cash advances 
bear interest at our option either at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily LIBOR in effect for a one-
month period plus 0.75% or a fixed rate for a one- or three-month period equal to LIBOR plus 0.75%.  The 
credit agreement governing the revolving credit facility also subjects us to various restrictive covenants, 
including  the  requirement  to  maintain  maximum  consolidated  leverage.    The  covenants  also  include 
limitations on our ability to repurchase shares, to pay cash dividends or to enter into a sale transaction.  As 
of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under the credit agreement, there were no 
outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and available borrowings were $50.0 million.  The 
revolving credit facility is subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.10% of the unused portion.  We may 
terminate the credit agreement at any time on ten days’ notice without premium or penalty. 

In addition to our existing cash balance, our principal sources of liquidity are cash flow from operating 
activities and our revolving credit facility, which was fully available as of December 31, 2013.  We believe 
these sources, along with the net proceeds from our IPO, will provide sufficient liquidity for us to meet our 
liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future.  Our principal liquidity requirements are to meet our working 
capital, research and development, including clinical trials, and capital expenditure needs, principally for 
our surgical sets required to maintain and expand our business.  We expect to continue to make investments 
in  surgical  sets  as  we  launch  new  products,  increase  the  sizes  of  our  U.S.  sales  force,  and  expand  into 
international markets.  We may, however, require additional liquidity as we continue to execute our business 
strategy.  Our liquidity may be negatively impacted as a result of a decline in sales of our products, including 

77

Table of Contents

declines  due  to  changes  in  our  customers’  ability  to  obtain  third-party  coverage  and  reimbursement  for 
procedures that use our products, increased pricing pressures resulting from intensifying competition, cost 
increases  and  slower  product  development  cycles  resulting  from  a  changing  regulatory  environment; 
unfavorable results from litigation; and the MDET which will affect our cash flow.  We anticipate that to the 
extent that we require additional liquidity, it will be funded through borrowings under our revolving credit 
facility, the incurrence of other indebtedness, additional equity financings or a combination of these potential 
sources of liquidity. 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments 

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013.  

There have been no material changes in our remaining contractual obligations since that time.

(In thousands)

Operating Leases
Purchase Obligations(1)
Business Acquisition Liabilities(2)
Total

______________

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than 1
Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

More than
5 Years

$

$

1,608

$

733

$

684

$

148

$

1,219

3,200

6,027

$

1,169

1,200

3,102

50

2,000

—

—

$

2,734

$

148

$

43

—

—

43

(1) Reflects minimum annual volume commitments to purchase inventory under certain of our supplier contracts.
(2) In connection with acquisitions completed in 2013, 2012 and 2011, we have certain contingent consideration obligations payable 
to the sellers in these transactions upon the achievement of certain regulatory and territory sales milestones.  The aggregate 
undiscounted amounts potentially payable not included in the table above total $23.9 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements. 

Seasonality and Backlog 

Our business is generally not seasonal in nature.  However, our sales may be influenced by summer 
vacation and winter holiday periods during which we have experienced fewer spine surgeries taking place.  
Our sales generally consist of products that are in stock in our warehouse facilities or maintained at hospitals 
or with our sales representatives.  Accordingly, we do not have a backlog of sales orders. 

Related-Party Transactions 

For  a  description  of  our  related-party  transactions,  see  “Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary  Data;  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements;  Note  16.  Related-Party 
Transactions”  and  “Item  13.  Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions,  and  Director 
Independence; Related Person Transactions.”

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued disclosure guidance 
to improve the transparency of items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income to net 
income.  The guidance requires an entity to present, in a single location, information about the amounts 

78

Table of Contents

reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income, by component, including the income statement 
line items affected by the reclassification.  Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our 
financial position or results of operations. 

In March 2013, the FASB issued an update to clarify existing guidance for the release of cumulative 
translation adjustments into net income when a parent sells all or a part of its investment in a foreign entity 
or achieves a business combination of a foreign entity in stages.  This guidance will be applied prospectively 
and is effective for us beginning January 1, 2014.  We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a 
material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance to require standard presentation of an unrecognized tax 
benefit when a carryforward related to net operating losses or tax credits exists.  This guidance will be applied 
prospectively  and  is  effective  for  us  beginning  January  1,  2014.   We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this 
guidance to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk 

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in the financial markets.  We are exposed 
to various market risks, which may result in potential losses arising from adverse changes in market rates, 
such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates.  We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments 
for trading or speculative purposes and do not believe we are exposed to material market risk with respect 
to our cash, cash equivalents and marketable debt securities.  We also believe that there has been no material 
quantitative changes in our market risk exposure between December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to our revolving credit facility and our investments 
in  cash  equivalents  and  marketable  debt  securities  portfolio.   At  December 31,  2013,  we  had  no  debt 
outstanding under our revolving credit facility and therefore were not exposed to interest rate risk with respect 
to interest payable under that facility.

In general, our investments in cash equivalents and marketable debt securities are governed by our 
investment policy, which has been approved by our Board of Directors.  Our investment policy seeks to 
preserve  the  value  of  capital,  consistent  with  maximizing  return  on  our  investments  while  maintaining 
adequate liquidity.  During 2013, we changed our cash management program to invest in more marketable 
securities  in  an  effort  to  increase  returns  on  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents.   To  achieve  our  investment 
objectives, we maintain a portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities and invest in securities that meet 
or exceed our investment policy standards, such as high credit quality debt securities.

We continue to be exposed to interest rate risk related to our cash equivalents and marketable securities.  
Generally, our interest rate risk with respect to these investments is limited due to yields earned.  Changes 
in the overall level of interest rates affect the interest income generated by our cash, cash equivalents and 
marketable securities.  Our investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer 
or type of security.  Our securities all have maturity dates within three years of the date of purchase and are 
designated as available for sale.  As of December 31, 2013, we believe that a hypothetical 10% change in 
interest rates would not materially affect the underlying valuation of our marketable securities.

79

Table of Contents

Foreign Exchange Risk

We operate in countries other than the United States and, therefore, we are exposed to foreign currency 
risks.  We bill most direct sales outside of the United States in local currencies.  We expect that the percentage 
of our sales denominated in foreign currencies will increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to expand 
into international markets.  When sales or expenses are not denominated in U.S. dollars, a fluctuation in 
exchange rates could affect our net income.  We believe that the risk of a significant impact on our operating 
income from foreign currency fluctuations is minimal.  We believe that a 10% change in foreign currency 
exchange rates would not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash 
flows.  We do not currently hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; however, we 
may choose to hedge our exposure in the future.  

80

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

82

84

85

86

87

88

89

81

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Globus Medical, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  and 
subsidiaries  as  of  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income, 
comprehensive  income,  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the 
period  ended 
December 31, 2013.  In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have 
audited financial statement schedule II in Item 15 (a) (2).  We also have audited Globus Medical, Inc.’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (1992)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (COSO).  Globus Medical, Inc.’s management is responsible for these consolidated 
financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial 
reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in 
the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility 
is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule and an 
opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether 
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the 
consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and 
operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing 
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide 
a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control 
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance 
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

82

Table of Contents

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
respects, the financial position of Globus Medical, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, 
period ended 
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the 
December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also in our opinion, 
the  related  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated  financial 
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.  Also 
in  our  opinion,  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated 
Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 14, 2014 

83

Table of Contents

(In thousands, except par value)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term marketable securities

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

89,962

$

212,400

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,581 and $961, respectively

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Income taxes receivable

Deferred income taxes

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net

Long-term marketable securities

Intangible assets, net

Goodwill

Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Accounts payable to related-party

Accrued expenses

Income taxes payable

Business acquisition liabilities, current

Total current liabilities

Business acquisition liabilities, net of current portion

Deferred income taxes

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Equity:

$

$

Common stock; $0.001 par value.  Authorized 785,000 shares; issued and outstanding

93,443 and 91,270 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Retained earnings
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

93

153,987

(1,009 )

319,289

472,360

$

566,304

$

84

148,962

62,414

70,350

5,080

2,723

37,317

416,808

64,150

36,528

29,537

18,372

909

—

53,496

62,310

3,020

5,105

23,779

360,110

61,089

—

9,585

15,372

977

566,304

$

447,133

10,073

$

2,656

51,125

2,358

1,730

67,942

15,528

6,385

4,089

93,944

9,991

2,556

25,003

523

1,435

39,508

9,909

7,714

3,500

60,631

91

136,501

(767 )

250,677

386,502

447,133

Table of Contents

 GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Sales

Cost of goods sold
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Provision for litigation loss/(income)
Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other income/(expense), net
Income before income taxes

Income tax provision

Net income

Earnings per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

Dilutive stock options

Diluted

December 31,
2013

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

434,459

$

385,994

$

100,343

334,116

75,199

310,795

26,870

182,518

23,055

232,443

101,673

328

102,001

33,389

27,926

168,862

(786 )

196,002

114,793

(140 )

114,653

40,822

331,478

68,796

262,682

23,464

140,386

1,470

165,320

97,362

(413 )

96,949

36,165

$

$

$

68,612

$

73,831

$

60,784

0.74

0.73

$

$

0.82

0.80

$

$

92,647

1,545

94,192

89,608

2,600

92,208

0.69

0.67

88,112

2,308

90,420

Anti-dilutive stock equivalents excluded from weighted average

calculation

1,975

2,383

2,054

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

85

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)
Net income

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax

Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

Comprehensive income

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

December 31,
2013

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

68,612 $

73,831 $

60,784

32

(274 )
(242)
68,370

$

—

435

435

$

74,266

$

—
(484)
(484)
60,300

86

Additional
paid-in
capital

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income

Retained
earnings

Total

$

102,709

$

(718) $ 126,079

$ 228,195

3,286

144

742

(170)

(3)

—

106,708

4,635

1,503

2,661

36

20,958

—

136,501

5,177

7,553

4,756

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,286

144

742

(170)

— (10,017)

(10,021)

(484)

60,784

60,300

(1,202)

176,846

282,476

—

—

—

—

—

435

—

—

—

—

—

73,831

4,635

1,504

2,661

—

20,960

74,266

(767)

250,677

386,502

—

—

—

—

—

—

(242)

68,612

5,177

7,555

4,756

68,370

$

153,987

$

(1,009) $ 319,289

$ 472,360

74

—

—

—

—

(1)

—

73

—

1

—

15

2

—

91

—

2

—

—

93

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(In thousands)

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Convertible
preferred stock

Common stock

51

—

—

—

—

—

—

51

—

—

—

73,613

$

—

—

149

—

(1,233)

—

72,529

—

1,061

—

Balance at December 31, 2010

50,691

$

Stock-based compensation

Exercise of deemed stock options

Exercise of stock options

Tax benefit related to

nonqualified stock options
exercised

Purchase of common stock

Comprehensive income

—

—

—

—

—

—

Balance at December 31, 2011

50,691

Stock-based compensation

Exercise of stock options

Tax benefit related to

nonqualified stock options
exercised

Conversion of preferred stock in
conjunction with IPO

Issuance of common stock from
IPO, net of expenses

Comprehensive income

Balance at December 31, 2012

Stock-based compensation

Exercise of stock options

Tax benefit related to

nonqualified stock options
exercised

Comprehensive income

—

—

—

(50,691)

(51)

15,597

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,083

—

— 91,270

—

—

—

—

—

2,173

—

—

Balance at December 31, 2013

— $

— 93,443

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

87

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

December 31,
2013

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

68,612

$

73,831

$

60,784

Depreciation and amortization

Provision for excess and obsolete inventories

Stock-based compensation

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Change in deferred income taxes

(Increase) decrease in:

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Increase (decrease) in:

Accounts payable

Accounts payable to related party

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Income taxes payable/receivable

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of marketable securities

Maturities of marketable securities

Sales of marketable securities

Purchases of property and equipment

Acquisition of businesses

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Repayments of long-term debt

Payment of business acquisition liabilities

Net proceeds from initial public offering

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

Purchase of common stock

Excess tax benefit related to nonqualified stock options

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

88

19,397

8,212

5,177

693

18,108

6,119

4,635

363

(14,858 )

(6,079 )

(9,612 )

(16,678 )

(597 )

1,840

100

26,963

4,222

93,471

(240,892 )

40,560

13,637

(23,680 )

(16,775 )

(227,150 )

—

(1,300 )

—

7,555

—

4,756

11,011

230

(6,886 )

(20,541 )

(117 )

3,048

1,378

4,208

(1,548 )

76,519

—

—

—

(24,684 )

(6,031 )

(30,715 )

—

(1,100 )

20,960

1,504

—

2,661

24,025

16,949

10,487

3,286

105

2,057

(4,672 )

(15,280 )

460

(1,355 )

(696 )

1,575

2,710

76,410

—

—

—

(22,487 )

(7,500 )

(29,987 )

(5,253 )

(400 )

—

886

(10,021 )

54

(14,734 )

(97 )

(722 )

(122,438 )

212,400

69,732

142,668

89,962

$

212,400

$

30,967

111,701

142,668

96

63

38,719

$

44,875

$

167

35,721

$

$

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

(a) The Company 

Globus Medical, Inc. and its subsidiaries is a medical device company focused exclusively on the 
design,  development  and  commercialization  of  musculoskeletal  implants.    We  are  currently  focused  on 
implants that promote healing in patients with spine disorders.  We are an engineering-driven company with 
a history of rapidly developing and commercializing advanced products and procedures that assist surgeons 
in effectively treating their patients, respond to evolving surgeon needs and address new treatment options.  
Since our inception in 2003, we have launched over 120 products and offer a product portfolio addressing a 
broad array of spinal pathologies. 

We  are  headquartered  in Audubon,  Pennsylvania  and  market  and  sell  our  products  through  our 
exclusive sales force in the United States, Europe, India, South Africa, Australia, South America and the 
Middle East.  The sales force consists of direct sales representatives and distributor sales representatives 
employed by exclusive independent distributors. 

The terms the “Company,” “Globus,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Globus Medical, Inc. and, where 

applicable, our consolidated subsidiaries.  

(b) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for financial statements and with the instructions 
to Form 10-K and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.  

(c) Principles of Consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Globus and its wholly 
owned  subsidiaries.    Our  consolidation  policy  requires  the  consolidation  of  entities  where  a  controlling 
financial interest is held, as well as the consolidation of VIEs in which we are the primary beneficiary.  All 
intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. 

(d) Use of Estimates 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  We base our estimates, in part, on 
historical experience that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Actual results 
could differ from those estimates.  Estimates and assumptions are periodically reviewed and the effects of 
revisions  are  reflected  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  the  period  they  are  determined  to  be 
necessary. 

Significant areas that require management’s estimates include intangible assets, contingent payment 
liabilities, allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, provision for excess and obsolete 
inventory, useful lives of assets, the outcome of litigation, and income taxes.  We are subject to risks and 

89

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

uncertainties due to changes in the healthcare environment, regulatory oversight, competition, and legislation 
that may cause actual results to differ from estimated results. 

(e) Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is their local currency.  Assets and liabilities of 
the foreign subsidiaries are translated at the period end currency exchange rate and revenues and expenses 
are translated at an average currency exchange rate for the period.  The resulting foreign currency translation 
gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.  Gains and losses 
arising from intercompany foreign transactions are included in other income/(expense) on the consolidated 
statement of operations.  We recognized foreign exchange transaction losses in other income/(expense) of 
$0.8  million,  $0.2  million,  and  $0.4  million  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012,  and  2011, 
respectively.

(f) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 

three months or less when purchased.

(g) Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The majority of our accounts receivable is composed of amounts due from hospitals.  We carry our 
accounts receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts.  On a regular basis, we evaluate our 
accounts receivable and estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts, as needed, based on various factors 
such as our customers’ current credit conditions, length of time past due, and the general economy as a whole.  
Receivables are written off against the allowance when they are deemed uncollectible.

(h) Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk, are primarily cash 
and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.  Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable 
are limited due to the large number of entities comprising our customer base.  We perform ongoing credit 
evaluations of our customers and generally do not require collateral.

There was no customer that accounted for 10% or more of sales for the years ended December 31, 

2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

(i) Marketable Securities

Our marketable securities include municipal bonds, corporate debt securities, commercial paper and 
asset-backed securities, and are classified as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2013.  Available-for-sale 
securities are recorded at fair value in both short-term and long-term marketable securities on our consolidated 
balance  sheets.   The  change  in  fair  value  for  available-for-sale  securities  is  recorded,  net  of  taxes,  as  a 
component of accumulated other comprehensive income on our consolidated balance sheets.  Premiums and 
discounts are recognized over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the straight-line 
method.  Realized gains or losses from the sale of our marketable securities are determined on a specific 
identification basis.  Realized gains and losses, along with interest income and the amortization/accretion of 
premiums/discounts are included as a component of other income, net, on our consolidated statements of 

90

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

income.  Interest receivable is recorded as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets on our 
consolidated balance sheets.

We maintain a portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities, though most of the securities in 
our portfolio could be liquidated at minimal cost at any time.  We invest in securities that meet or exceed 
standards as defined in our investment policy.  Our policy also limits the amount of credit exposure to any 
one issue, issuer or type of security.  We review our securities for other-than-temporary impairment at each 
reporting period.  If an unrealized loss for any security is considered to be other-than-temporary, the loss will 
be recognized in our consolidated statement of income in the period the determination is made. 

(j) Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis.  
The majority of our inventories are finished goods as we mainly utilize third-party suppliers to source our 
products.  We periodically evaluate the carrying value of our inventories in relation to our estimated forecast 
of  product  demand,  which  takes  into  consideration  the  estimated  life  cycle  of  product  releases.    When 
quantities on hand exceed estimated sales forecasts, we record a reserve for such excess inventories.

(k) Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.    Additions  or 
improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.  Depreciation and 
amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the related useful lives of the assets.

When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the related property, equipment, and accumulated 
depreciation amounts are relieved from the accounts, and any gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated 
statements of operations.

(l) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired 
less the liabilities assumed.  Goodwill is tested for impairment at a minimum on an annual basis.  Goodwill 
is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, to the 
fair value of the reporting unit.  The fair values are estimated using an income and discounted cash flow 
approach.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, we performed a qualitative test for impairment as permitted 
under  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  authoritative  guidance.    During  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we did not record any impairment charges related to goodwill.  

Intangible  assets  consist  of  purchased  in-process  research  and  development  (“IPR&D”),  patents, 
customer relationships and non-compete agreements.  Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized 
over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method and estimated useful lives ranging from 
one  to  seventeen  years.    Intangible  assets  are  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  whenever  events  or 
circumstances indicate that a carrying amount of an asset (asset group) may not be recoverable.  If impairment 
is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount 
exceeds the fair value of the asset.  Fair value is generally determined using a discounted future cash flow 
analysis.  

91

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

IPR&D has an indefinite life and is not amortized until completion of the project at which time the 
IPR&D becomes an amortizable asset.  If the related project is not completed in a timely manner, we may 
have an impairment related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair 
value.  

We completed our annual qualitative indefinite lived intangible asset impairment review in the fourth 

quarter of 2013 and determined that our intangible assets were not impaired.

(m) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of long-lived assets, which include 
property and equipment, as well as whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of an asset group may not be fully recoverable.  An impairment is assessed when the undiscounted 
future cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of an asset group are less than its carrying value.  If 
impairment is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying 
amount exceeds the fair value of the asset group.  Our fair value methodology is based on quoted market 
prices, if available.  If quoted market prices are not available, an estimate of fair value is made based on 
prices of similar assets or other valuation techniques including present value techniques.  We reviewed our 
long-lived assets over the course of 2013 and recorded an immaterial impairment charge as a component of 
cost of goods sold.

(n) Revenue Recognition

Revenue  is  recognized  when  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  product  delivery  has 
occurred, pricing is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.  A significant portion of our 
revenue is generated from consigned inventory maintained at hospitals or with sales representatives.  For 
these products, revenue is recognized at the time the product is used or implanted.  For all other transactions, 
we recognize revenue when title to the goods and risk of loss transfer to customers, provided there are no 
remaining performance obligations that will affect the customer’s final acceptance of the sale.  Our policy 
is to classify shipping and handling costs billed to customers as sales and the related expenses as cost of 
goods sold.

(o) Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.  Research and development costs include 
salaries, employee benefits, supplies, consulting services, clinical services and clinical trial costs, and facilities 
costs.  Costs incurred in obtaining technology licenses and patents are charged immediately to research and 
development  expense  if  the  technology  licensed  has  not  reached  technological  feasibility  and  has  no 
alternative future use.

(p) Stock-Based Compensation

The cost for employee and non-employee director awards is measured at the grant date based on the 
fair value of the award.  The fair value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is 
recognized as expense over the requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).  
Awards issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value as determined in accordance with authoritative 
guidance, and are periodically revalued as the awards vest and are recognized as expense over the requisite 
service period.

92

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The determination of the fair value of stock options is made utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing 
model  which  is  affected  by  our  stock  price  and  a  number  of  assumptions,  including  expected  volatility, 
expected  term,  risk-free  interest  rate  and  expected  dividends.   The  expected  volatility  is  based  upon  the 
historical volatility of a public company peer group over the most recent period commensurate with the 
estimated expected term of the stock options.  The expected term of the stock options is determined utilizing 
the simplified method given the limited extent of our historical data.  The risk-free interest rate assumption 
is based on observed interest rates of U.S. Treasury securities appropriate for the expected terms of the stock 
options.  The dividend yield assumption is based on the history and expectation of no dividend payouts.

(q) Income Taxes

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to 
differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their 
respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to 
apply to taxable income in the year in which such items are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect 
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the 
enactment date.  A valuation allowance is established to offset any deferred tax assets if, based upon available 
evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions.  
We will establish additional provisions for income taxes when, despite the belief that tax positions are fully 
supportable, there remain certain positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold that a tax 
position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the taxing authority.  In the normal 
course of business, we and our subsidiaries are examined by various federal, state, and foreign tax authorities.  
We regularly assess the potential outcomes of these examinations and any future examinations for the current 
or prior years in determining the adequacy of the provision for income taxes.  We periodically assess the 
likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability, 
and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known.

(r) Derivatives

We minimize risk from interest rate fluctuations through the normal operating and financing activities 
and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.  Derivative financial 
instruments are used to manage risk and are not used for trading or speculative purposes.  Derivative financial 
instruments used for hedging purposes must be designated and effective as a hedge of the identified risk 
exposure at the inception of the contract.  Accordingly, changes in fair value of the derivative contract must 
be correlated with changes in fair value of the underlying hedged item at inception of the hedge and over the 
life of the hedge contract.  All derivatives are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities 
and measured at fair value.  In 2011, we had an interest rate swap that did not qualify for hedge accounting 
and therefore the changes to the fair value of the derivative were recognized immediately in our consolidated 
statements of operations as a component of other income/(expense), net.  The mortgage was paid in full and 
the  interest  rate  swap  expired  in  May  2011.   There  were  no  derivative  financial  instruments  held  as  of 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

(s) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As of December 31, 2013, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, 
accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their respective fair values based 

93

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

on their short-term nature.  We classify our financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value into 
one  of  the  three  categories  based  upon  inputs  used  to  determine  fair  value.    See  “Note  5.  Fair  Value 
Measurements” below for more details regarding inputs and classifications.

(t) Advertising Expense

We expense advertising costs as they are incurred.  Advertising expense was $0.5 million, $0.4 million 

and $0.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

(u) Legal Costs

We expense legal costs related to loss contingencies as incurred.

(v) Reverse Stock Split and Initial Public Offering

On July 9, 2012, in anticipation of our initial public offering (“IPO”), our Board approved a ratio of 
one share for every 3.25 shares previously held.  The reverse stock split became effective on July 31, 2012.  
All common stock share and per-share amounts for all periods presented in these financial statements have 
been adjusted retroactively to reflect the reverse stock split.  See “Note 10. Equity” below for more details 
regarding the IPO.

(w) Medical Device Excise Tax

Effective as of January 1, 2013, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 
Health  Care  and  Education Affordability  Reconciliation Act  (collectively  “PPACA”)  imposed  a  medical 
device excise tax (“MDET”) of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports certain medical devices 
offered for sale in the United States.  We account for the MDET as a component of our cost of goods sold.  
For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized expenses of $7.2 million.

(x) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In  February  2013,  the  FASB  issued  disclosure  guidance  to  improve  the  transparency  of  items 
reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income to net income.  The guidance requires an entity 
to  present,  in  a  single  location,  information  about  the  amounts  reclassified  out  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  income,  by  component,  including  the  income  statement  line  items  affected  by  the 
reclassification.  Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our financial position or results 
of operations. 

In March 2013, the FASB issued an update to clarify existing guidance for the release of cumulative 
translation adjustments into net income when a parent sells all or a part of its investment in a foreign entity 
or achieves a business combination of a foreign entity in stages.  This guidance will be applied prospectively 
and is effective for us beginning January 1, 2014.  We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a 
material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance to require standard presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit 
when  a  carryforward  related  to  net  operating  losses  or  tax  credits  exists.   This  guidance  will  be  applied 
prospectively and is effective for us beginning January 1, 2014.  We do not expect the adoption of this guidance 
to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

94

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2. ACQUISITIONS 

On December 23, 2013, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with a small robotics development 
company, pursuant to which we acquired substantially all of its assets for $16.8 million.  In addition to the 
initial purchase price, we may be obligated to make a milestone payment and revenue sharing payments 
based upon a percentage of net sales of certain products based on the intellectual property we acquired in the 
transaction.  The acquired company was privately held and is focused on developing a next generation surgical 
robotic positioning platform for spine, brain and therapeutic markets.  The technology is intended to enable 
surgeons to perform minimally invasive and percutaneous surgical procedures with greater accuracy, safety 
and reproducibility than is currently available.  We accounted for this purchase as a business combination, 
and as a result, recorded goodwill of $3.0 million.  The table below represents the valuation of the assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed as part of this 2013 purchase:

(In thousands)

Identifiable intangible assets:

In-process research & development

Non-compete agreements

Contingent consideration

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Net assets acquired

$

20,460

20
(6,704) (1)
13,776

2,999

16,775

$

(1)  The contingent consideration relates to the achievement of certain regulatory milestones and royalties.  As of December 31, 
2013, the aggregate, undiscounted amount of contingent consideration that the Company could pay related to the acquisitions 
ranges from zero to $14.3 million (see “Note 5. Fair Value Measurements” below).

On July 18, 2012, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with a global medical device company, 
pursuant to which we acquired substantially all of its assets for $6.0 million.  In addition to the initial purchase 
price, we may be obligated to make revenue sharing payments based upon a percentage of net sales of products 
we acquired from it.  We accounted for this purchase as a business combination and as a result, recorded 
goodwill of $5.6 million.  The table below represents the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of 
this 2012 purchase:

(In thousands)

Inventory

Identifiable intangible assets:

Customer relationships

Non-compete agreements

Patents

Contingent consideration

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Net assets acquired

95

$

$

158

120

80

2,420
(2,311)
467

5,564

6,031

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On January 10, 2011, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with a development-stage spinal 
company that was accounted for as a business combination.  The acquired company was privately held and 
focused on developing motion preservation spinal implants.  It developed ACADIA®, an anatomic facet 
reconstruction device designed to provide a motion preservation alternative to fusion for patients with lumbar 
spinal  stenosis  and  facet  degeneration.    ACADIA®  is  currently  involved  in  a  U.S.  Food  and  Drug 
Administration (“FDA”) approved investigational device exemption clinical study in the United States.  In 
addition to an initial payment, we may be obligated to make an additional milestone payment within 30 days 
of approval by the FDA of pre-market approval clearance concerning the ACADIA® product. 

On  September 13,  2011,  we  entered  into  an  asset  purchase  agreement  with  an  exclusive  sales 
distributor that was accounted for as a business combination.  In addition to the initial purchase price, we 
may be obligated to make additional performance payments based upon achievement of sales targets by the 
distributor. 

The table below illustrates the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the $7.5 million in  aggregate 

that was paid for the acquisitions upon closing during 2011: 

(In thousands)

Inventory

Identifiable intangible assets:

In-process research & development

Customer relationships

Non-compete agreements

Current liabilities

Contingent consideration

Other noncurrent liabilities

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Net assets acquired

$

1,443

4,100

3,291

112
(1,728) (2)
(5,007) (3)
(4,519) (4)
(2,308)
9,808

$

7,500

(2)  Includes $1.2 million of purchase price consideration due in the 12 months after the acquisition date.  The remaining $0.5 
million is assumed liabilities.  As of December 31, 2011, $1.2 million of cash payments due in 2012 are included in business 
acquisition liabilities, current on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

(3)  The contingent consideration relates to the achievement of certain regulatory and territory sales milestones.  As of December 
31,  2011,  the  aggregate,  undiscounted  amount  of  contingent  consideration  that  the  Company  could  pay  related  to  the 
acquisitions ranges from zero to $7.2 million (see “Note 5. Fair Value Measurements” below).

(4)  Includes $4.1 million of purchase price consideration not paid as of the acquisition date.  As of December 31, 2011, unpaid 
purchase price installments, net of discount, of $3.7 million are included in business acquisition liabilities, net of current 
portion.  Cash payments of $1.2 million per year are due in 2013, 2014, and 2015 and payments of $0.8 million are due in 
2016.   Also  includes  $0.5  million  for  the  value  of  a  put  agreement  executed  in  connection  with  the  September  13,  2011 
acquisition, which, under the terms of the put agreement, was canceled upon the completion of our IPO during 2012 (see 
“Note 10. Equity” below).

These acquisitions, which expand our product pipeline and retain key existing customer relationships, 
did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  our  consolidated  net  sales  or  operating  income  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.  The assets acquired and liabilities assumed as a result of the acquisitions 
were included in our consolidated balance sheet as of the acquisition dates.  The purchase price for each of 

96

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the  acquisitions  was  primarily  allocated  to  the  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates.  The fair value assigned to 
identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  was  determined  primarily  by  using  the  income  approach,  which 
discounts  expected  future  cash  flows  to  present  value  using  estimates  and  assumptions  determined  by 
management.    Purchased  identifiable  intangible  assets  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their 
respective estimated useful lives.  The excess purchase price over the value of the net tangible and identifiable 
intangible assets was recorded as goodwill.  The goodwill from our acquisitions is expected to be deductible 
for tax purposes.

The fair value of the IPR&D was determined using a relief from royalty approach, including a pre-
tax royalty rate ranging between 4% and 9% and a discount rate ranging between 13.5% and 19%.  IPR&D 
will become an amortizable asset upon completion of the projects, both of which are currently expected to 
be in 2016.  The estimated costs to complete the IPR&D projects are approximately $23.8 million as of 
December 31, 2013. 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of contingent 
payments associated with acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

(In thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2011

Purchase price contingent consideration

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration classified in operating expenses

Balance at December 31, 2012

Purchase price contingent consideration

Contingent payments

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration classified in operating expenses

$

4,928

2,311

119

7,358

6,704
(5)
120

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

14,177

NOTE 3. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

A summary of intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 is presented below:

(In thousands)

In-process research & development

Customer relationships & other intangibles

Patents

Total intangible assets

Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
(in years)

Gross
Carrying
Amount  

Accumulated
Amortization  

Intangible
Assets, net

—

9.5

17

$

$

24,560

$

— $

24,560

3,623

2,420

30,603

$

(864)
(202)
(1,066) $

2,759

2,218

29,537

97

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A summary of intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 is presented below: 

(In thousands)

In-process research & development

Customer relationships & other intangibles

Patents

Total intangible assets

Amortization expense was as follows:

Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
(in years)

Gross
Carrying
Amount  

Accumulated
Amortization  

Intangible
Assets, net

—

9.7

17

$

$

4,100

$

3,603

2,420

10,123

$

— $

(479)
(59)
(538) $

4,100

3,124

2,361

9,585

(in thousands)

Intangible asset amortization expense

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

528

$

468

$

70

Expected future intangible asset amortization as of December 31, 2013 is as follows:

(In thousands)

Year ending December 31:

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Thereafter

Total

Annual
Amortization

$

531

531

528

499

476

2,412

4,977

98

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 4. MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The composition of our short-term and long-term marketable securities as of December 31, 2013 is 

as follows:

(In thousands)

Short-term:

Contractual 
Maturity
(in years)

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Municipal bonds

Corporate debt securities

Commercial paper

Total short-term marketable securities

Long-term:

Municipal bonds

Corporate debt securities

Asset backed securities

Total long-term marketable securities

Less than 1

$

77,342

$

Less than 1

Less than 1

1-2

1-2

1-2

35,525

36,083

148,950

$

12,304

$

17,533

6,651

36,488

$

$

$

$

17

15

6

38

13

27

2

42

$

$

$

$

(15) $
(11)
—
(26) $

77,344

35,529

36,089

148,962

(1) $
—
(1)
(2) $

12,316

17,560

6,652

36,528

We had no short-term or long-term marketable securities as of December 31, 2012.

NOTE 5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

Under the accounting for fair value measurements and disclosures, fair value is defined as the price 
that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most 
advantageous market for the asset or the liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the  measurement  date.   Additionally,  a  fair  value  hierarchy  was  established  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to 
valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted 
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.  The 
level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair 
value measurement. 

Our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are classified and disclosed in 

one of the following three categories: 

Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; 

Level 2—observable  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  and 
liabilities; and 

Level 3—unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the 
reporting entity to use significant unobservable inputs or valuation techniques. 

99

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The fair value of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis was as follows: 

(In thousands)

Cash equivalents

Municipal bonds

Corporate debt securities

Commercial paper

Asset-backed securities

Contingent consideration

(In thousands)

Cash equivalents

Contingent consideration

Balance at
December 31,
2013

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

$

20,363

$

19,098

89,660

53,089

36,089

6,652

14,177

—

—

—

—

—

1,265

89,660

53,089

36,089

6,652

—

—

—

—

—

—

14,177

Balance at
December 31,
2012

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

$

96,585

$

96,585

7,358

—

—

—

—

7,358

Contingent  consideration  represents  our  contingent  milestone,  performance  and  revenue-sharing 
payment obligations related to our acquisitions and is measured at fair value and is based on significant inputs 
not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.  The 
valuation of contingent consideration uses assumptions we believe would be made by a market participant, 
such  as  the  probabilities  associated  with  successfully  completing  clinical  trials  and  obtaining  regulatory 
approval, of achieving sales milestones and the period in which these milestones are expected to be achieved, 
as well as discount rates, which range from 3.1% to 13.5%.  We assess these estimates on an ongoing basis 
as additional data impacting the assumptions is obtained.  Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration 
related to updated assumptions and estimates are recognized within research and development and selling, 
general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. 

Assets and Liabilities That Are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The purchase price of business acquisitions is primarily allocated to the tangible and identifiable 
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates, 
with the excess recorded as goodwill.  We utilize Level 3 inputs in the determination of the initial fair value.  
Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment are subsequently 
measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an 
impairment is recognized.  We assess the impairment of intangible assets annually or whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable.  
The  fair  value  of  our  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  is  not  estimated  if  there  is  no  change  in  events  or 
circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable.  We have not 
recorded impairment charges related to our business acquisitions.

100

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6. INVENTORIES

(In thousands)

Raw materials

Work in process

Finished goods

Total

NOTE 7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

(In thousands)

Land

Buildings and improvements

Equipment

Instruments

Modules and cases

Other property and equipment

Less: accumulated depreciation

Total

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

$

1,369

$

2,820

66,161

70,350

$

2,024

2,410

57,876

62,310

Useful Life

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

—

30

5-7

3

3

3-5

$

3,769

$

9,541

14,588

107,867

22,325

5,970

164,060
(99,910)
64,150

$

$

3,769

8,770

13,320

95,739

19,045

6,104

146,747
(85,658)
61,089

Instruments are hand-held devices used by surgeons to install implants during surgery.  Modules and 

cases are used to store and transport the instruments and implants.

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was as follows:

(In thousands)

Depreciation

NOTE 8. ACCRUED EXPENSES 

(In thousands)

Compensation and other employee-related costs

Legal and other settlements and expenses

Accrued non-income taxes

Other

Total accrued expenses

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

18,869

$

17,640

$

16,879

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

$

17,428

$

16,733

23,765

2,938

6,994

51,125

$

1,924

473

5,873

25,003

The increase in legal and other settlements and expenses is primarily due to the accruals related to 
the  two  unfavorable  verdicts  (Synthes,  Bianco)  recognized  during  the  year  end  December 31,  2013  (see 
“Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies” below for more information).

101

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9. DEBT 

(a) Mortgage Loan 

In 2007, we entered into a four-year mortgage loan payable with a bank associated with our corporate 
headquarters in Audubon, Pennsylvania.  We made monthly principal payments plus interest at a rate of 
LIBOR plus 1.5%.  The mortgage was paid in full with a final balloon payment of $5.1 million in May 2011. 

(b) Line of Credit 

In May 2011, and as amended in March 2012 and May 2013, we entered into a credit agreement with 
Wells Fargo Bank related to a revolving credit facility that provides for borrowings up to $50.0 million.  At 
our request, and with the approval of the bank, the amount of borrowings available under the revolving credit 
facility can be increased to $75.0 million.  The revolving credit facility includes up to a $25.0 million sub-
limit for letters of credit.  The revolving credit facility expires in May 2015.  Cash advances bear interest at 
our option either at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily LIBOR in effect for a one-month period 
plus 0.75%, or a fixed rate for a one- or three-month period equal to LIBOR plus 0.75%.  The credit agreement 
governing  the  revolving  credit  facility  also  subjects  us  to  various  restrictive  covenants,  including  the 
requirement to maintain maximum consolidated leverage.  The covenants also include limitations on our 
ability to repurchase shares, to pay cash dividends or to enter into a sale transaction.  As of December 31, 
2013,  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  covenants  under  the  credit  agreement,  there  were  no  outstanding 
borrowings under the revolving credit facility and available borrowings were $50.0 million.  The revolving 
credit facility is subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.10% of the unused portion.  We may terminate 
the credit agreement at any time on ten days’ notice without premium or penalty.

NOTE 10. EQUITY 

Prior to June 21, 2012, of the authorized number of shares of common stock, we had 360,000,000 
shares designated as Class A common stock (“Class A Common”), 309,178,636 shares designated as Class 
B common stock (“Class B Common”) and 10,000,000 shares designated as Class C common stock (“Class 
C Common”).  On June 21, 2012, we amended and restated our Certificate of Incorporation, and as a result, 
amended the number of authorized shares.  As of the amendment date, of the authorized number of shares 
of common stock, we had 500,000,000 shares designated as Class A Common, 275,000,000 shares designated 
as Class B Common and 10,000,000 shares designated as Class C Common.

The holders of Class A Common are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common held.  
The holders of Class B Common are entitled to 10 votes for each share of Class B Common held.  The holders 
of Class A Common and Class B Common vote together as one class of common stock.  The Class C Common 
is nonvoting.  Except for voting rights, the Class A Common, Class B Common and Class C Common have 
the same rights and privileges. 

In August 2012, we completed our IPO.  We sold 2,083,333 shares of our Class A Common at an 
offering price of $12.00 per share.  We recognized gross proceeds of $25.0 million and our net proceeds 
received after underwriting fees and offering expenses were $21.0 million.  

All common stock share and per-share amounts for all periods presented in these financial statements 

have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the reverse stock split that became effective July 31, 2012.

102

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Immediately prior to the closing of our IPO, we effectuated the following conversion:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the automatic conversion of all shares of our Series E preferred stock to 15,597,300 shares of our 
Class B Common; 

the subsequent automatic conversion of 49,655,411 shares of our Class B Common (which reflects 
all such shares of Class B Common held by those who beneficially owned less than 10% of the 
aggregate number of all outstanding shares of our common stock) to 49,655,411 shares of our 
Class A Common;

the automatic conversion of all shares of our Class C Common to 73,554 shares of our Class A 
Common; and

the automatic conversion of 3,039,385 shares of Class B Common to 3,039,385 shares of Class 
A Common upon their sale by the selling stockholders.

Although the number of outstanding shares of our Series E preferred stock did not change due to the 
reverse stock split, the rate at which shares of our Series E preferred stock converted into shares of Class B 
Common decreased proportionally to the reverse stock split ratio.  The reverse stock split did not affect the 
number of shares of capital stock we are authorized to issue.  As a result of the reverse stock split, the number 
of unreserved and issuable shares of authorized common stock increased.

Our issued and outstanding common shares by Class were as follows:

(Shares)

December 31, 2013

December 31, 2012

Class A
Common

Class B
 Common

Total

66,065,197

27,377,556

93,442,753

63,892,508

27,377,556

91,270,064

In  2011,  we  repurchased  1,233,397  shares  of  our  outstanding  common  stock  from  existing 

stockholders.  There were no repurchases during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

In connection with a business acquisition in 2011, we entered into a put agreement with an existing 
stockholder (the “Put Agreement”).  Pursuant to the Put Agreement, the stockholder had the right and option 
to cause us to repurchase up to 25% of the stockholders’ shares on the last business day of September in each 
of 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017.  The put purchase price was to be determined based upon our trailing twelve 
months EBITDA.

The put option was cancelable and could not be exercised any time after the earliest to occur of (i) 
the closing of an IPO, (ii) the date on which we enter into an agreement for a sale of the Company, as defined 
in the Put Agreement, and (iii) a breach event, as defined in the Put Agreement.  Under the terms of the Put 
Agreement, we canceled the put option upon the completion of our IPO.

Series E Preferred Stock 

Prior to our reverse stock split that became effective July 31, 2012, we had 50,691,245 shares of 
Series E preferred stock outstanding.  As a result of the reverse split and conversion accompanying the IPO, 

103

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the Series E preferred stock converted into 15,597,300 shares of common stock.  For further details regarding 
the Series E preferred stock prior to the IPO, please refer to our prospectus filed on August 3, 2012.

NOTE 11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

No additional shares will be issued under our Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan and our 2008 
Stock Plan, leaving the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2012 Plan") as the only remaining active stock plan.  
The purpose of these stock plans was, and the 2012 Plan is, to provide incentive to employees, directors, and 
consultants of Globus.  The Plans are administered by the Board or its delegates.  The number, type of option, 
exercise price, and vesting terms are determined by the Board or its delegates in accordance with the terms 
of the Plans.  The options granted expire on a date specified by the Board, but generally not more than 
ten years from the grant date.  Option grants to employees generally vest monthly over a four-year period.  

The 2012 Plan was approved by our Board in March 2012, and by our stockholders in June 2012.  
Under the 2012 Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common that may be issued subject to 
options and other awards is equal to the sum of (i) 3,076,923 shares, (ii) any shares available for issuance 
under the 2008 Plan as of March 13, 2012, (iii) any shares underlying awards outstanding under the 2008 
Plan as of March 13, 2012 that, on or after that date, are forfeited, terminated, expired or lapse for any reason, 
or are settled for cash without delivery of shares and (iv) starting January 1, 2013, an annual increase in the 
number of shares available under the 2012 Plan equal to up to 3% of the number of shares of our common 
and preferred stock outstanding at the end of the previous year, as determined by our Board.  The number of 
shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to incentive stock options under the 2012 Plan is limited 
to 10,769,230 shares.  The shares of Class A Common covered by the 2012 Plan are authorized but unissued 
shares, treasury shares or shares of common stock purchased on the open market.

As of December 31, 2013, pursuant to the 2012 Plan, there were 6,246,075 shares of Class A Common 

stock reserved and 4,453,236 shares of Class A Common stock available for future grants. 

The weighted average grant date per share fair values of the options awarded to employees were as 

follows:

Weighted average grant date per share fair value

$

6.34

$

5.90

$

5.14

The fair value of the options was estimated on the date of the grant using a Black-Scholes option 

pricing model with the following assumptions:

December 31,
2013

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

Risk-free interest rate

Expected term (years)

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

December 31,
2013

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

0.98% - 1.74 % 0.90% - 1.10% 1.46% - 2.65%

6.1

- 6.4

6

6

41.0% - 44.0 % 44.0% - 47.0% 46.5% - 47.0%

—%

—%

—%

104

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is summarized as 

follows:  

Option Shares
(thousands)

Weighted
average exercise
price

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
(years)

Aggregate
intrinsic value
(thousands)

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

5,844 $

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

1,185

(149 )

(426 )

6,454

1,228

(1,061 )

(368 )

6,253
1,222

(2,173 )

(416 )

4,886 $

2,821 $

4.19

10.86

4.13

8.65

5.14

13.10

1.42

9.55

6.99
14.78

3.48

12.23

10.04

7.33

6.9

5.4

$

$

49,528

36,250

We use the Black Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options (see “Note 
1.  Background  and  Summary  of  Significant Accounting  Policies,  (p)  Stock-Based  Compensation” 
above).  Subsequent to the February 2012 and March 2012 stock option grants, we reassessed the fair value 
of our stock options on those dates of grant by updating the assumptions and facts considered in an October 
2011  valuation  report  upon  which  we  relied  to  take  into  account  our  actual  results,  market  conditions, 
comparable company results, and the timing of our anticipated IPO.  On July 2, 2012, we determined that 
the fair value as of the February 2, 2012 grant was $12.06 and that the fair value as of the March 28, 2012 
grant was $14.10, rather than $10.34 as originally determined.  The impact on net income for the three months 
ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012 was not material.

Compensation expense related to stock options granted to employees and non-employees under the 

Plans and the intrinsic value of stock options exercised was as follows:

(In thousands)

Compensation expense related to stock options

Intrinsic value of stock options exercised

December 31,
2013

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

$

5,177

$

4,635

$

25,034

12,507

December 31,
2011

3,286

969

As of December 31, 2013, there was $10.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to 

unvested employee stock options that are expected to vest over a weighted average period of three years.  

At various dates since our formation, we sold shares of Class A Common and Class B Common to 
certain employees and non-employees through the receipt of promissory notes.  For accounting purposes, 
these promissory notes are considered the issuance of an option as opposed to the sale of stock, since we did 

105

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

not contemporaneously document the borrower’s ability to repay the promissory notes.  As a result, we have 
recognized compensation expense for these awards through their vesting period.

As  there  were  no  grants  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012,  and  2011,  there  was  no 
compensation expense related to these deemed options granted to employees and non-employees for those 
years.

For accounting purposes, the repayment of a promissory note is considered an exercise of the deemed 
option.    Since  the  shares  are  legally  issued  and  outstanding,  they  are  reflected  in  the  accompanying 
consolidated statements of equity.  The notes were fully repaid as of December 31, 2011.

NOTE 12. INCOME TAXES

The components of income/(loss) before income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)

Domestic

Foreign

Total

Year ended

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

$

101,424

577

102,001

$

$

114,176

477

114,653

$

$

97,677
(728)
96,949

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total

Year ended

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

41,741

$

40,338

$

28,846

4,889

373

34,108

2,062
(52)
47

2,057

$

36,165

6,118

912

48,771

(14,088)
(1,210)
(84)
(15,382)
33,389

$

6,419

345

47,102

(5,510)
(352)
(418)
(6,280)
40,822

$

106

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our effective rate is as follows:

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

Domestic production activities deduction

Tax credits

Nondeductible expenses and other

Effective tax rate

Year ended

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

35.0 %

2.8 %

(3.5)%

(1.7)%

0.1 %

32.7 %

35.0 %

2.9 %

(2.3)%

(0.1)%

0.1 %

35.6 %

35.0 %

3.3 %

(1.5)%

(1.0)%

1.5 %

37.3 %

Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the basis of assets and 
liabilities  recognized  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  tax  purposes.    Significant  components  of  our 
deferred income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)

Deferred tax assets:

Inventory reserve

Accruals, reserves, and other currently not deductible

Stock-based compensation

Foreign net operating loss carryforwards

Total deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation and amortization

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$

19,635

$

16,288

17,133

5,152

724

42,644
(327)
42,317

(9,759)
(1,229)
(10,988)
31,329

$

$

5,639

4,913

952

27,792
(533)
27,259

(9,993)
(782)
(10,775)
16,484

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely 
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of 
deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which 
those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.    Based  upon  the  level  of  historical  taxable  income  and 
projections  for  future  taxable  income  over  the  periods  in  which  the  deferred  tax  assets  are  deductible, 
management believes it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these deductible differences 
at December 31, 2013.  The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced 
in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.  Of the 
amounts presented above, $0.4 million of long-term deferred tax assets is included as a component of other 
assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

107

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(In thousands)

Unrecognized tax benefit at the beginning of the year

Additions related to current year tax positions

Additions related to prior year tax positions

Reductions related to prior year tax positions

Lapse of statute of limitations

Unrecognized tax benefit at the end of the year

Year ended

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

$

3,500

661

64
(109)
(138)
3,978

$

$

2,799

673

$

$

46
(18)
—

3,500

3,845

612

22
(1,680)
—

2,799

The impact of our unrecognized tax benefits to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

(In thousands)

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

Portion of total unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect

$

1,184

$

747

$

591

the effective income tax rate

Interest and penalties are recorded in the statement of operations as provision for income taxes.  The 
total  interest  and  penalties  recorded  in  the  statement  of  operations  was  nominal  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  Our uncertain tax benefits could increase in the next twelve months as 
we continue our current transfer pricing policies and deduct additional tax credits.  We are unable to estimate 
a range of reasonably possible changes in our uncertain tax benefits in the next twelve months.  We are 
currently under IRS audit for the 2011 tax year, but are unable to predict when the audit will conclude or any 
findings that may require settlement.  The tax years that remained subject to examination by a major tax 
jurisdiction as of December 31, 2013 were 2009 and beyond for India and Switzerland; 2010 and beyond for 
the United States, Belgium, Germany, Poland and South Africa; 2011 and beyond for the United Kingdom, 
Denmark, Sweden, Israel and Australia.

On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “ATRA”) was signed into law.  
One of the provisions of the ATRA was a reinstatement and extension of the research and experimentation 
tax credit from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013.  However, as of December 31, 2012 no benefit 
could be recognized for this tax credit due to the passage of the ATRA in 2013.  As the passage of the ATRA 
occurred in 2013, the entire reinstated credit for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $0.9 million was 
recognized in 2013 in accordance with accounting guidance.

108

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13. LEASES

The  Company  leases  certain  equipment  and  office  facilities  under  operating  leases.    As  of 
December 31, 2013, minimum future rental payments under operating leases for each of the next five years 
are as follows:

(In thousands)

Year ending December 31:

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Thereafter

Total

$

733

422

262

102

46

43

$

1,608

Rent  expense  related  to  all  operating  leases  recognized  as  a  component  of  selling,  general  and 

administrative expenses was as follows:

(In thousands)

Rent expense

Year ended

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

424

$

419

$

317

NOTE 14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

We are involved in a number of proceedings, legal actions, and claims.  Such matters are subject to 
many uncertainties, and the outcomes of these matters are not within our control and may not be known for 
prolonged periods of time.  In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other relief, including 
injunctions prohibiting us from engaging in certain activities, which, if granted, could require significant 
expenditures and/or result in lost revenues.  We record a liability in the consolidated financial statements for 
these actions when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  If 
the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better 
estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued.  If a loss is possible but not known or 
probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed.  In most cases, 
significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded.  While it is not 
possible to predict the outcome for most of the matters discussed, we believe it is possible that costs associated 
with them could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash 
flows.

Compliance-Civil Monetary Penalties Proceeding-NUBONE®

In February 2012, we and David Paul, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), reached 
a settlement with the FDA to resolve an administrative complaint alleging Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act 
violations  regarding  the  marketing  of  our  product,  NUBONE®.    We  voluntarily  discontinued  the 
manufacturing and sale of NUBONE® in 2010 despite a history of safe use.  The settlement did not constitute 
an admission of liability or fault by either us or our CEO.  

109

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A settlement agreement of $1.0 million was finalized and paid in February 2012.  The full settlement 
amount was accrued (and included in the provision for litigation settlements on the income statement) as of 
December 31, 2011.

Patent Infringement Litigation-PIVOT® & Non-PIVOT® Systems

Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. had filed suit (the original complaint was filed in September 2006) against 
us in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania alleging, among other matters, 
that  we  are  infringing  the  claims  of  nine  patents  (the  “Competitor  Patents”)  in  connection  with  our 
manufacture, sale, and use of certain products, including the PIVOT® MIS System.  Warsaw sought damages 
and injunctive relief against any Globus product held to infringe on one or more Competitor Patents.

A jury trial began in September 2008 on the claims regarding the PIVOT® MIS System with the 
remainder of the claims being settled shortly thereafter.  The jury found that the PIVOT® MIS System infringed 
certain Competitor Patents.  On July 16, 2009, the court awarded damages to Warsaw in the amount of $2.8 
million, but denied Warsaw’s claim for injunctive relief.  Both parties appealed the court’s ruling.  Warsaw 
voluntarily dismissed its appeal.  The appeal was decided on January 26, 2011 with a finding that certain 
claims of the Competitor Patents are invalid and certain claims are valid.  As a result of the appeals court 
ruling, the damages awarded by the trial court stand.  After the appeal ruling, the parties stipulated to conclude 
the litigation. 

As of December 31, 2010, we had accrued $3.0 million based on the trial court damages award for 
the PIVOT® matters and for ongoing royalty payments in 2011.  In June 2011, we paid $3.0 million, including 
post-judgment interest.

N-Spine, Synthes and Depuy Synthes Litigation 

In April 2010, N-Spine, Inc. and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District 
Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  N-Spine, the patent owner, and Synthes USA, a 
licensee of the subject patent, allege that we infringe one or more claims of the patent by making, using, 
offering for sale or selling our TRANSITION® stabilization system product.  N-Spine and Synthes USA seek 
injunctive relief and an unspecified amount in damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  This 
matter was stayed on July 14, 2011 pending the resolution of an inter partes reexamination on the asserted 
patent granted by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) in February 2011.  In December 2011, 
the examiner withdrew the original grounds of rejection of the asserted patent and we  appealed the examiner’s 
decision.  In January 2014, the USPTO ruled on the appeal finding certain claims rejected in view of the 
prior art and affirming certain other claims.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, 
nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the 
evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

In a related matter, on January 8, 2014, Depuy Synthes Products, LLC (“Depuy Synthes”) filed suit 
against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  Depuy Synthes 
alleges that we infringe one or more claims of the asserted patent by making, using, offering for sale or selling 
our TRANSITION® stabilization system product.  Depuy Synthes seeks injunctive relief and an unspecified 
amount in damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  This matter is in its very early stages, and 
the probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  
Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not 
recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

110

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC Litigation 

In July 2011, Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed 
suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  Synthes USA 
LLC, the patent owner, Synthes USA Products, LLC, a licensee to manufacture products of the subject patents, 
and Synthes USA Sales LLC, a licensee to sell products of the subject patents, allege that we infringe one or 
more  claims  of  three  patents  by  making,  using,  offering  for  sale  or  selling  our  COALITION®, 
INDEPENDENCE® and INTERCONTINENTAL® products.  As a result of the acquisition of Synthes, Inc. 
by Johnson & Johnson, a motion was filed to change the plaintiff in this matter to DePuy Synthes in February 
2013.  On June 14, 2013, the jury in this case returned a verdict, finding that prior versions of the three 
products we previously sold did infringe on DePuy Synthes’ patents and awarding monetary damages in the 
amount of $16.0 million.  The jury also upheld the validity of DePuy Synthes’ patents.  There was no finding 
of willful infringement by Globus.

We do not expect the verdict to impact our ability to conduct our business or to have any material 
impact on our future revenues.  As this lawsuit involved only three products that are no longer part of our 
product portfolio, this verdict is not expected to impair our ability to sell any of our future products.

We believe the facts and the law do not support the jury’s findings of infringement and patent validity 
and are seeking to overturn the verdict in post-trial motions with the District Court and, if necessary, we will 
continue to do so through the appeals process.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we accrued $19.5 million in damages and other litigation-
related costs related to this case, of which $1.3 million was included in provision for litigation loss (cost of 
goods sold, due to a write off of certain inventory which will not be sold due to the verdict) and $18.2 million 
was included in provision for litigation loss (operating expense).

L5 Litigation 

In December 2009, we filed suit in the Court of Common Pleas of Montgomery County, Pennsylvania 
against our former exclusive independent distributor L5 Surgical, LLC and its principals, seeking an injunction 
and declaratory judgment concerning certain restrictive covenants made to L5 by its sales representatives.  
L5 brought counterclaims against us alleging tortious interference, unfair competition and conspiracy.  The 
injunction phase was resolved in September 2010, and this matter is now in the discovery phase of litigation 
on the underlying damages claims.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this 
litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with 
authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to 
this litigation.

NuVasive Infringement Litigation 

In October 2010, NuVasive, Inc. filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of 
Delaware for patent infringement.  NuVasive, the patent owner, alleges that we infringe one or more claims 
of three patents by making, using, offering for sale or selling our MARS™ 3V retractor for use in certain 
lateral fusion procedures.  NuVasive seeks injunctive relief and an unspecified amount in damages.  The 
litigation is currently in the dispositive motions phase.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  Additionally, 
we sought inter partes reexaminations of the three patents asserted by NuVasive in the USPTO, which were 
granted in April 2012.  In August 2012, the examiner withdrew the original grounds of rejection of the patents 

111

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

asserted by NuVasive, and we are in the process of appealing the examiner’s decision.  The probable outcome 
of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance 
with authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related 
to this litigation.

NuVasive Employee Litigation 

We have hired several employees who were formerly employed by NuVasive, Inc.  In July 2011, 
NuVasive filed suit against us in the District Court of Travis County Texas alleging that our hiring of one 
named  former  employee  and  other  unnamed  former  employees  constitutes  tortious  interference  with  its 
contracts with those employees, and with prospective business relationships, as well as aiding and abetting 
the breach of fiduciary duty.  NuVasive is seeking compensatory damages, permanent injunction, punitive 
damages and attorneys’ fees.  Trial is currently scheduled for May 2014.  We intend to defend our rights 
vigorously.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of 
potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, 
we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

Bianco Litigation 

On March 21, 2012, Sabatino Bianco filed suit against us in the Federal District Court for the Eastern 
District  of  Texas  claiming  that  we  misappropriated  his  trade  secret  and  confidential  information  and 
improperly  utilized  it  in  developing  our  CALIBER®  product.    Bianco  alleges  that  we  engaged  in 
misappropriation of trade secrets, breach of contract, unfair competition, fraud and theft and seeks correction 
of inventorship, injunctive relief and exemplary damages.  On April 20, 2012, Bianco filed a motion for a 
preliminary injunction, seeking to enjoin us from making, using, selling, importing or offering for sale our 
CALIBER® product.  On November 15, 2012, the court denied Bianco’s motion for preliminary injunction.  
On  October  1,  2013,  Bianco  amended  his  complaint  to  include  that  his  trade  secrets  and  confidential 
information were also used improperly in developing our RISE® and CALIBER-L®products.  

On  January  17,  2014,  the  jury  in  this  case  returned  a  verdict  in  favor  of  Bianco  on  a  claim  of 
misappropriation of trade secret.  We have accrued the verdict amount of $4.3 million as of December 31, 
2013.  The jury found against Bianco on the claims of breach of contract and disgorgement of profits.  The 
court granted our motion for judgment as a matter of law and dismissed Bianco’s claims for unfair competition, 
fraud,  and  exemplary  damages,  and  Bianco  abandoned  the  claim  of  misappropriation  of  confidential 
information.  Judgment has not yet been entered in this case.  Bianco’s claims of correction of inventorship, 
unjust enrichment, and permanent injunctive relief were not submitted to the jury and will be decided by the 
court.  On March 7, 2014, the court denied Bianco’s claim for correction of inventorship and ruled he is not 
entitled to be named as a co-inventor on any of the patents at issue, and also denied his claim for unjust 
enrichment.  Bianco’s claim for permanent injunctive relief will be decided at a date yet to be determined.  
Bianco’s  claim  for  future  damages,  if  any  are  permitted,  will  be  determined  by  the  court  in  a  separate 
proceeding after judgment is entered.

We do not expect the verdict to impact our ability to conduct our business or to have any material 
impact  on  our  future  revenues.    We  believe  the  facts  and  the  law  do  not  support  the  jury’s  findings  of 
misappropriation of trade secret and will seek to overturn the verdict in post-trial motions with the District 
Court and, if necessary, through the appeals process.

112

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Altus Partners, LLC Litigation

On February 20, 2013, Altus Partners, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the 
Eastern District of Pennsylvania for patent infringement.  Altus Partners, LLC alleges that we infringe one 
or more claims of U.S. Patent No. 8,162,989, which issued on April 24, 2012, by making, using, offering for 
sale or selling our REVERE®, TRANSITION® and REVOLVE® products.  Altus Partners seeks injunctive 
relief and an unspecified amount in damages.  This matter was stayed on March 4, 2014 pending the resolution 
of an inter partes review of the asserted patent which we filed on February 11, 2014 with the USPTO.  While 
we intend to defend our rights vigorously, the probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor 
can  we  estimate  a  range  of  potential  loss.   Therefore,  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  on  the 
evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

In addition, we are subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.  

NOTE 15. RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

We sponsor a 401(k) Plan covering all eligible U.S. employees.  Under the 401(k) Plan, we make 
nondiscretionary matching contributions at the rate of 100% of employee’s contributions up to a maximum 
annual contribution of $6,000 per eligible employee, limited to 3% of the employee’s compensation for the 
period.  

Additionally,  we  contribute  to  various  foreign  retirement  benefit  plans  required  by  local  law  or 
coordinated with government sponsored plans which cover many of our international employees.  The benefits 
offered under these plans are reflective of local customs and practices in the countries concerned. 

Company contributions to these retirement plans were as follows:

(In thousands)

December 31,
2013

Year ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

401(k) and other retirement plan contributions

$

2,106

$

1,055

$

944

NOTE 16. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

We have contracted with a third-party manufacturer in which certain of our senior management and 

significant stockholders have or had ownership interests and leadership positions.  

We have purchased the following amounts of products and services from the supplier:

(In thousands)

Purchases from related-party supplier

December 31,
2013

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

20,039 $

20,159

$

17,685

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had $2.7 million and $2.6 million of accounts 

payable due to the supplier. 

113

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 17. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 

Operating  segments  are  defined  as  components  of  an  enterprise  for  which  separate  financial 
information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making 
group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.  We globally manage the business 
within  one  reportable  segment.    Segment  information  is  consistent  with  how  management  reviews  the 
business, makes investing and resource allocation decisions and assesses operating performance.  Products 
are sold principally in the United States.

The following table represents total sales by geographic area, based on the location of the customer: 

(In thousands)

United States

International
Total sales

December 31,
2013

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

$

396,615

37,844
434,459

$

$

355,609

30,385
385,994

$

$

311,024

20,454
331,478  

We classify our products into two categories: Innovative Fusion products and Disruptive Technology 

products.  The following table represents total sales by product category: 

(In thousands)

Innovative Fusion

Disruptive Technology

Total sales

NOTE 18. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited) 

December 31,
2013

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

$

254,033 $

238,723 $

180,426

147,271

434,459 $

385,994 $

224,356

107,122

331,478

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Sales

Gross profit

Net income

Net earnings per common share - basic

Net earnings per common share - diluted

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Sales

Gross profit

Net income

Net earnings per common share - basic
Net earnings per common share - diluted

(unaudited)

March 31,
2013

June 30,
2013

September 30,
2013

December 31,
2013

$

105,018 $

107,009 $

107,187 $

115,245

81,525

19,891

0.22

0.21

82,248

7,426

0.08

0.08

81,872

20,310

0.22

0.22

88,471

20,985

0.22

0.22

(unaudited)

March 31,
2012

June 30,
2012

September 30,
2012

December 31,
2012

$

94,717 $

95,977 $

94,764 $

100,536

76,326

17,576

0.20
0.19

77,598

19,001

0.22
0.21

75,892

16,487

0.18
0.18

80,979

20,767

0.23
0.22

114

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  CEO  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”), 
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013.  The term 
“disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, 
as amended, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information 
required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, 
processed,  summarized  and  reported,  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms.  
Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure 
that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange 
Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and 
principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Based 
on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013, our CEO and CFO 
concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. 

Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 

financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.

Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the system of internal control over 
financial reporting based on the framework set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on this evaluation, our 
management  concluded  that  our  system  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of 
December 31, 2013.  

KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of our 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 as stated in its report that is included in 
Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the 
evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during our most 
recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal 
control over financial reporting. 

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, believes that our disclosure controls and procedures 
and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their 
objectives and are effective at the reasonable assurance level.  However, our management does not expect 
that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all 
115

Table of Contents

errors  and  all  fraud.   A  control  system,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  and  operated,  can  provide  only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  Further, the design of 
a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be 
considered relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation 
of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been 
detected.  For example, these inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can 
be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake.  Additionally, controls can 
be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management 
override of the controls.  The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions 
about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving 
its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Because of 
the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and 
not be detected.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

116

Table of Contents

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report and will be included in 
the definitive proxy statement for our 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed within 120 
days after the end of our fiscal year.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics for all employees, officers, directors, as well as a Code of Ethics 
specifically for our principal executive officer and senior financial officers, both of which are available on 
our  website,  www.globusmedical.com.    We  intend  to  disclose  future  amendments  to,  or  waivers  from, 
provisions of our Code of Ethics that apply to our Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer, 
Principal Accounting Officer, or Controller, or persons performing similar functions, within four business 
days of such amendment or waiver.

The other information required by this Item 10 will be set forth in the Company's proxy statement 

for its 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 will be set forth in the Company's proxy statement for its 

2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item 12 will be set forth in the Company's proxy statement for its 

2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 will be set forth in the Company's proxy statement for its 

2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 will be set forth in the Company's proxy statement for its 

2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

117

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) (1) Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a) (2) Financial Statement Schedules

Page

82

84

85

86

87

88

89

SCHEDULE II. VALUATION ACCOUNTS AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

(In thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2011

Year ended December 31, 2012

Year ended December 31, 2013

Deferred tax valuation allowance:

(In thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2011

Year ended December 31, 2012

Year ended December 31, 2013

Beginning of
period

$

$

608

602

961

Beginning of
period

$

$

911

1,149

533

$

$

$

$

Additions

Write-offs

End of period

105

363

693

$

$

(111) $
(4)
(73) $

602

961

1,581

Additions

Write-offs

End of period

238

$

—

— $

— $

(616)
(206) $

1,149

533

327

118

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Item

(b) Exhibits, including those incorporated by reference

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

4.1

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
July 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 
5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
August 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q/A 
filed on September 19, 2012).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
3.6 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 29, 2012).
Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
July 16, 2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  the  Globus  Medical,  Inc. Amended  and  Restated  2003  Stock  Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  of  the  Registrant’s Amendment  No.  1  to  the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Globus  Medical,  Inc.  2008  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Notice and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement 
under  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Employment Agreement, dated March 26, 2012 by and between Globus Medical, Inc. and 
Richard Baron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant’s Amendment 
No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Vice President Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, by and between Globus Medical, 
Inc.  and  Brett  Murphy  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  of  the  Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2006, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.14 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).

119

Table of Contents

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

21.1*
23.1
31.1*

31.2*

32**

Second Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated February 8, 2011, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.15 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
Credit Agreement, dated May 3, 2011, by and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  March  16,  2012,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical,  Inc.  and Wells Fargo Bank,  National Association (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form  of  Indemnification Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.18  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Form  of  No  Competition  and  Non-Disclosure Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Second Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  May  1,  2013,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
May 3, 2013, File No. 001-35621).
Subsidiaries of Globus Medical, Inc.
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002.
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002.
Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS† XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

*
**
†

Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the interactive data files on Exhibit 101 hereto
shall not be deemed “filed” as part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes
of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act, and are not filed for purposes of Section 18 of
the Exchange Act, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of those sections.

120

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: March 14, 2014

Dated: March 14, 2014

Dated: March 14, 2014

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.

/s/ DAVID C. PAUL

David C. Paul
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ RICHARD A. BARON

Richard A. Baron
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ STEVEN M. PAYNE

Steven M. Payne
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

121

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by 

the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

SIGNATURE

TITLE

DATE

/s/ David C. Paul
David C. Paul

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ David M. Demski
David M. Demski

President and Chief Operating Officer
 and Director

/s/ Richard A. Baron
Richard A. Baron

/s/ Steven M. Payne
Steven M. Payne

/s/ David D. Davidar
David D. Davidar

/s/ Kurt C. Wheeler
Kurt C. Wheeler

/s/ Robert W. Liptak
Robert W. Liptak

/s/ Daniel T. Lemaitre
Daniel T. Lemaitre

/s/ Ann D. Rhoads
Ann D. Rhoads

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Senior Vice President, Operations
and Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

March 14, 2014

March 14, 2014

March 14, 2014

March 14, 2014

March 14, 2014

March 14, 2014

March 14, 2014

March 14, 2014

March 14, 2014

122

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Item

EXHIBIT INDEX

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

4.1

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
July 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 
5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
August 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q/A 
filed on September 19, 2012).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
3.6 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 29, 2012).
Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
July 16, 2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  the  Globus  Medical,  Inc. Amended  and  Restated  2003  Stock  Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  of  the  Registrant’s Amendment  No.  1  to  the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Globus  Medical,  Inc.  2008  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Notice and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement 
under  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Employment Agreement, dated March 26, 2012 by and between Globus Medical, Inc. and 
Richard Baron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant’s Amendment 
No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Vice President Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, by and between Globus Medical, 
Inc.  and  Brett  Murphy  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  of  the  Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).

123

Table of Contents

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

21.1*
23.1
31.1*

31.2*

32**

First Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2006, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.14 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
Second Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated February 8, 2011, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.15 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
Credit Agreement, dated May 3, 2011, by and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  March  16,  2012,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical,  Inc.  and Wells Fargo Bank,  National Association (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form  of  Indemnification Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.18  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Form  of  No  Competition  and  Non-Disclosure Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Second Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  May  1,  2013,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
May 3, 2013, File No. 001-35621).
Subsidiaries of Globus Medical, Inc.
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance Document

101.INS†
101.SCH† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

*
**
†

Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the interactive data files on Exhibit 101 hereto 
shall not be deemed “filed” as part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of 
Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act, and are not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the 
Exchange Act, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of those sections.

124

Subsidiaries of Globus Medical, Inc. 

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiary
Globus Medical Aviation LLC

GMEDelaware 1 LLC

GMEDelaware 2 LLC

Globus Medical India Private Limited

Globus Medical SARL

Globus Medical South Africa Pty Limited

Globus Medical Poland Sp. z o.o.

Globus Medical Australia Pty Limited

Globus Medical UK Limited

Globus Medical Belgium BVBA

Globus Medical Germany GmbH

Globus Medical Denmark ApS

Globus Medical Sweden AB

Globus Medical Israel Limited

Globus Medical France SARL

Jurisdiction
Pennsylvania

Delaware

Delaware

India

Switzerland

South Africa

Poland

Australia

United Kingdom

Belgium

Germany

Denmark

Sweden

Israel

France

Globus Medical Netherlands B.V.

Netherlands

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors 
Globus Medical, Inc.: 

EXHIBIT 23.1

and in the Registration Statement 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement 

on 
of Globus Medical, Inc. of our 
report dated March 14, 2014, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Globus Medical, Inc. as of 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, 
equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2013, and the related 
financial  statement  schedule,  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2013, which report appears or is incorporated by reference in the December 31, 2013 Annual 
Report on 

of Globus Medical, Inc.

on 

/s/ KPMG, LLP
KPMG, LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
March 14, 2014 

EXHIBIT 31.1

Certification By Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, David C. Paul, certify that:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Globus Medical, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize, and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 
in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2014

/s/ DAVID C. PAUL
David C. Paul
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer

 
EXHIBIT 31.2

Certification By Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Richard A. Baron, certify that:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Globus Medical, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize, and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 
in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2014

/s/ RICHARD A. BARON
Richard A. Baron
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

EXHIBIT 32

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 
of the United States Code), David C. Paul, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Richard A. Baron, 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Globus Medical, Inc. (the “Company”), each certifies 
with respect to the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013 
(the “Report”) that, to the best of his knowledge:

(1) 

(2) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition 
and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 14, 2014

Dated: March 14, 2014

/s/ DAVID C. PAUL
David C. Paul
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ RICHARD A. BARON
Richard A. Baron
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the 
Report or as a separate disclosure document.